Late Devonian Conodont Biostratigraphy of the Earn Group
LATE DEVONIAN CONODONT BIOSTRATIGRAPHY OF THE EARN GROUP
WITH AGE CONSTRAINTS FOR STRATIFORM MINERAL DEPOSITS, SELWYN
AND KECHIKA BASINS, NORTHERN BRITISH COLUMBIA AND YUKON
By
STEVEN EDWARD BRUCE IRWIN
B.Sc, The University of British Columbia, 1985
A THESIS SUBMITTED IN PARTIAL FULFILMENT OF
THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF
MASTER OF SCIENCE
in
THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES
(Department of Geological Sciences)
We accept this thesis as conforming
to the required standard
THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
January 1990
© Steven Edward Bruce Irwin, 1990 In presenting this thesis in partial fulfilment of the requirements for an advanced degree at the University of British Columbia, I agree that the library shall make it freely available for reference and study. I further agree that permission for extensive copying of this thesis for scholarly purposes may be granted by the head of my department or by his or her representatives. It is understood that copying or publication of this thesis for financial gain shall not be allowed without my written permission.
Department of Geological Sciences The University of British Columbia Vancouver, Canada ABSTRACT
Devonian and Early Carboniferous marine clastic rocks of the Earn Group host several economically important stratiform massive sulphide and bedded barite deposits. Due to the chaotic sedimentation, considerable regional metamorphic overprint and, relative inaccessibility, little was known about the stratigraphy, the Late Devonian conodont fauna, or the age of the stratiform mineral deposits within the Earn Group.
Conodont microfossils, however, are an excellent fauna for an Earn Group biostratigraphy program because of their ability to withstand both temperatures in excess of 400° C, and significant physical stress. With standard laboratory techniques conodonts were readily extracted from fine grain calcareous elastics and carbonate lenses within the Earn Group. The conodonts are described from three specific areas where the Earn Group is known to host stratiform barite and barite-lead-zinc mineral deposits: Macmillan Pass, Midway, and Gataga. As the majority of conodonts were diverse and well preserved platform elements of the genus Palmatolepis, the taxonomic studies focused on this genus; other genera including Ancyrodella, Icriodus, Klapperina, Mesotaxis, and Polygnathus were examined as part of the biostratigraphic/taxonomic studies.
Previous to this study the widespread stratiform mineralization was dated as only Late Devonian. The conodont taxonomy and
ii biostratigraphy in the Earn Group provide age constraints for
duration and formation of the stratiform mineralization. The
ability to tightly constrain the age of the stratiform mineralization adds to the knowledge of Earn Group deposition, the paleogeography of the Selwyn and Kechika Basins, and has
implications for stratiform mineral exploration strategies in the
Earn Group.
On the basis of conodont faunal ages barite mineralization at
MACMILLAN PASS apparently occurs as three different levels: 1)
CATHY property - Eifelian to early Frasnian; 2) PETE, JEFF, GARY, and GHMS properties - middle to late Frasnian; 3) TEA property -
Early Carboniferous. In addition, barite-lead-zinc mineralization at TOM and JASON properties likely occurs during middle to late
Frasnian. In the GATAGA area barite and barite-lead-zinc mineralization have been recognized at several temporally distinct levels in the early to middle Famennian: 1) Lower rhomboidea Zone;
2) Lower marginifera Zone; 3) Upper marginifera Zone. Several other mineralized horizons are loosely constrained within the same interval. Within the MIDWAY area the stratiform barite mineralization at the EWEN and PERRY properties is of Early
Carboniferous, Tournaisian age, and correlates broadly with the TEA barite in the Macmillan Pass area.
In summary, events that produced stratiform barite-lead-zinc and barite mineralization in the Selwyn and Kechika Basins were not coeval. The Late Givetian and early Frasnian barite mineralization took place in the Macmillan Pass and southernmost Gataga areas.
During the middle Frasnian barite and barite-lead zinc mineralization events occurred at Macmillan Pass. Several episodes of barite and/or barite-lead-zinc mineralization occurred in the
Gataga area during the middle Famennian. The youngest barite mineralization events in the Earn Group took place in the Early
Carboniferous, Tournaisian time at Macmillan Pass and Midway.
iv TABLE OF CONTENTS
Abstract ii
Table of Contents v
List of Tables ix
List of Figures and Plates x
Acknowledgements xii
I. INTRODUCTION 1
A. Purpose and Scope 1
B. Regional Geology 5
C. Stratiform Mineral Deposits 9
D. Methods 13
II. UPPER DEVONIAN CONODONTS 16
A. Taxonomy 16
B. Zonation 2 0
C. Biofacies 23
D. Previous Work in Western Canada 2 6
III. REGIONAL CASE STUDIES 32
A. Macmillan Pass 37 1. Geological Setting 37 2. Stratigraphy 38 3. Biostratigraphy 43
B. Midway 52 1. Geological Setting 52 2. Stratigraphy 53 3. Biostratigraphy 58
C. Gataga 63 1. Geological Setting 63 2. Stratigraphy 65 3. Biostratigraphy 7 0
v III. REGIONAL CASE STUDIES cont'd D. Synthesis 81 1. Macmillan Pass 81 2. Midway 85 3. Gataga 88 4. Selwyn and Kechika Basins Overview 91
IV. CONCLUSIONS 94 V. SYSTEMATIC CONODONT TAXONOMY 104 Ancyrodella 106 Ancyrodella binodosa 106 Ancyrodella aff. A. binodosa 108 Ancyrodella curvata 108 Ancyrodella gigas 110 Ancyrodella ioides Ill Ancyrodella lobata 112 Ancyrodella aff. A. lobata 113 Ancyrodella nodosa 114 Ancyrodella rotundiloba 115 Klapperina 116 Klapperina disparalvea 117 Klapperina disparata 119 Klapperina disparilis 120 Klapperina ovalis 121 Mesotaxis 12 3 Mesotaxis asymmetrica 12 3 Mesotaxis dengleri 125 Mesotaxis falsiovalis 12 7 Palmatolepis 129 Palmatolepis crepida 13 0 Palmatolepis delicatula 132 Palmatolepis delicatula clarki 13 3 Palmatolepis domanicensis 134 Palmatolepis foliacea 13 5 Palmatolepis glabra 137 Palmatolepis glabra glabra 139 Palmatolepis glabra aff. P. g. glabra 139 Palmatolepis glabra acuta 14 0 Palmatolepis glabra distorta 14 2 Palmatolepis glabra lepta 14 3 Palmatolepis glabra lepta morphotype 1 144 Palmatolepis glabra lepta morphotype 2 145 Palmatolepis glabra pectinata 146 Palmatolepis glabra aff. P. g. pectinata 148 Palmatolepis glabra pectinata morphotype 1 148 Palmatolepis glabra prima 149 Palmatolepis gracilis 150 Palmatolepis gracilis gracilis 151 Palmatolepis hassi 153
vi V. SYSTEMATIC CONODONT TAXONOMY cont'd
Palmatolepis klapperi 154 Palmatolepis marginifera 156 Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera 156 Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis 158 Palmatolepis minuta 159 Palmatolepis minuta minuta 161 Palmatolepis minuta loba 162 Palmatolepis perlobata 163 Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi 164 Palmatolepis perlobata aff. P. p. schindewolfi .... 166 Palmatolepis poolei 167 Palmatolepis proversa 168 Palmatolepis punctata 169 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa 171 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa quadrantinodosa 172 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexa 174 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexoidea 175 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa n.subsp. A 177 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata 178 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata morphotype 1 ... 179 Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis 180 Palmatolepis rhenana 182 Palmatolepis rhomboidea 183 Palmatolepis rugosa 185 Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera 186 Palmatolepis rugosa aff. P. r. trachytera 188 Palmatolepis stoppeli 189 Palmatolepis subperlobata 190 Palmatolepis tenuipunctata 193 Palmatolepis transitans 195 Palmatolepis triangularis 196 Palmatolepis winchelli 198 Palmatolepis wolskajae 201 Palmatolepis sp. C Orchard, 1988 2 02 Palmatolepis sp. B Klapper & Foster, 1986 203 Palmatolepis n.sp. A 203 Polygnathus 205 "Polygnathus" cristatus 206
VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 2 08
VII. PLATES 226
vii VIII. APPENDICES 252 A. Macmillan Pass localities and sample information 1. Givetian - Frasnian 252 2. Famennian 266 B. Midway localities and sample information 1. Frasnian 273 2. Famennian 275
C. Gataga localities and sample information 1. Givetian - Frasnian 282 2. Famennian 287
viii LIST OF TABLES
Table I. Age ranges of important Givetian and Frasnian conodont species and subspecies in the Selwyn and Kechika Basins 3 3 Table II. Age ranges of important Famennian conodont species and subspecies in the Selwyn and Kechika Basins 35 Table III. Distribution of Frasnian conodont species in the Macmillan Pass area 242 Table IV. Distribution of Frasnian conodont species in the Midway and Gataga areas 244 Table V. Distribution of Famennian conodont species and subspecies in the Macmillan Pass and Midway area 246 Table VI. Distribution of Famennian conodont species and subspecies in the Gataga area 248 Table VII. Distribution of Famennian conodont species and subspecies in the Gataga area of northern British Columbia 250
ix LIST OF FIGURES AND PLATES
Figure 1. Case study areas; Macmillan Pass, Midway, and Gataga, within the Selwyn and Kechika Basins 2
Figure 2. Generalized western Canadian Cordilleran terrane map 4
Figure 3. Regional Earn Group outcrop map with general locations of conodont sample sites 6
Figure 4. Late Devonian paleogeography of the Selwyn and Kechika Basin region 8
Figure 5. Late Devonian stratiform barite and barite- lead-zinc-silver deposits in western North American Cordillera 10
Figure 6. The revised international standard Late Devonian conodont zonation 2 0
Figure 7. Correlations of previously published Late Devonian conodont biostratigraphy studies in western Canada with Earn Group biostratigraphy 28
Figure 8. Stratigraphic section across the Macmillan Pass area 40
Figure 9. Generalized geological map of the Macmillan Pass Area with mineral exploration properties 41
Figure 10. A generalized stratigraphic section in the Midway area 54
Figure 11. Generalized geological map of the Midway Area with mineral exploration properties 55
Figure 12. A generalized stratigraphic section in the Gataga Area 66
Figure 13. Generalized geological map of the Gataga Area with mineral exploration properties 68
Figure 14. Age ranges for Givetian, Frasnian, and Famennian faunas recognized in the Macmillan Pass, Midway, and Gataga areas 8 3
Figure 15. Time-stratigraphic chart for the Macmillan Pass, Midway, and Gataga areas 96
Figure 16. Ages of conodont faunas associated with stratiform barite and barite-lead-zinc in the Macmillan Pass, Midway, and Gataga 99
x Figure 17. Standard orientation, morphology, and terminology of a typical Palmatolepis specimen 105
PLATE 1. Frasnian Ancyrodella, Polygnathus, Icriodus, and Polylophodonta 226
PLATE 2. Frasnian Mesotaxis and Klapperina 228
PLATE 3. Frasnian Mesotaxis and Klapperina 230
PLATE 4. Frasnian Palmatolepis 232
PLATE 5. Frasnian and Famennian Palmatolepis 234
PLATE 6. Famennian Palmatolepis 236
PLATE 7. Famennian Palmatolepis glabra 238
PLATE 8. Famennian Palmatolepis 240
xi ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The completion of this thesis is due, in large part, to the financial support, encouragement, and guidance of my thesis advisor, Dr. Mike Orchard. I am grateful to Drs. M.J. Orchard, P.L. Smith, W.R. Danner, and G.E. Rouse for their patience and helpful reviews of the manuscript.
Thanks to the many people at the Geological Survey of Canada who provided valuable support during my project. A special thanks to Mr. P. Krauss for his patience and skill with the SEM photo• micrography and laboratory work. The British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines, and Petroleum Resources supplied field support in the Midway area. Additional financial support was provided by a Canada/British Columbia Mineral Development Agreement grant no. 5- 55974 from the British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines, and Petroleum Resources and by an NSERC operating grant, no. 581450. Many thanks to the many geologists, including G. Abbott, K. Dawson, S. Gordey, M. Insley, D. Maclntyre, W. Jakubowski, K. McClay, and J. Nelson who collected Earn Group conodont samples.
I would also like to thank my family and friends for their support during my thesis project. Finally, I would like to dedicate this thesis to the memory of my grandfather, William M. Kirkwood.
xii 1
I. INTRODUCTION
A. PURPOSE AND SCOPE
The purpose of this thesis is to investigate the Late Devonian
conodont biostratigraphy of the Devono-Mississippian Earn Group
and provide a biochronological framework for economically important
sedimentary exhalative mineral deposits of the Selwyn and Kechika
Basins. This study focuses on the biostratigraphy in three areas with stratiform mineral deposits: Macmillan Pass, Gataga, and
Midway (fig. 1) . Only broad age constraints were previously
available for these deposits (Abbott, 1982; Maclntyre, 1982; Nelson
& Bradford, 1987).
Due to the complex lithostratigraphy of the Earn Group, which marks
a significant change in the basin depositional pattern, it is
difficult to develop stratigraphic correlations based on
lithologies. Recent conodont collections from the Selwyn and
Kechika Basins (map areas 1050, P, K, J, I, A; 1040, P, I; 94F, K,
L), (fig. 2) provide the potential for a biochronological framework to aid in understanding the depositional history of the Earn Group.
Furthermore, conodonts provide tighter age constraints for the deposition, frequency, and duration of Late Devonian sedimentary exhalative mineral deposits. The tighter age constraints for these deposits may assist in exploration for, and development of such deposits. 2
Figure 1. Case study areas; Macmillan Pass, Midway, and Gataga, within the Selwyn and Kechika Basins, northern British Columbia, southeastern Yukon, and southwestern North West Territories. Black areas delineate Earn Group outcrop areas within the basins (outcrop areas adapted from Wheeler & McFeely, 1987, basin and platform outlines adapted from Gabrielse & Yorath, 1989). Introduction / 3 In order to establish a sound biochronological framework, detailed taxonomic description of the Frasnian and Famennian conodont faunas is necessary. This study represents the first detailed taxonomic description of Late Devonian conodonts in the epicratonic strata of Western Canada. Taxonomic work focused on the important Late Devonian conodont genus Palmatolepis; associated genera include Ancyrodella, Icriodus, Klapperina, Mesotaxis, and Polygnathus. The study involves the testing of the existing international Late Devonian "standard" zonation scheme developed in Germany by Ziegler (1962), modified by Sandberg & Ziegler (1973), Ziegler, Klapper, & Johnson (1976), Ziegler & Klapper (1982), and Ziegler & Sandberg (1984) and successfully applied worldwide. Frasnian revisions presented recently by Klapper (1988) and Klapper & Lane (1988), Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck (1989) are also featured.
This thesis addresses three main problems:
1) Given that the mineral deposits at Macmillan Pass, Gataga, and Midway are stratiform, can conodont biostratigraphy be used to constrain the age of these deposits? 2) Given the limited study of Late Devonian conodonts in the Selwyn and Kechika Basins, what conodont taxa occur in this region? 3) Given that the Earn Group conodonts are broadly dated as Late Devonian, does their temporal and stratigraphic distribution support the international "standard" conodont zonation scheme? 4
Figure 2. Generalized western Cordilleran terrane map with Cassiar Terrane and Ancestral North America delineated. Late Devonian conodonts were collected from Earn Group within outlined 1:250 000 scale map areas (terrane map modified from Gabrielse & Yorath, 1989) . Introduction / 5
B. REGIONAL GEOLOGY
In northern British Columbia and Yukon Territory the Selwyn and
Kechika Basins lie within the Omineca Crystalline and Rocky
Mountain physiographic belts of the Canadian Cordillera. The basins represent part of the western miogeocline southwest of the
Ogilvie and Mackenzie Platforms and east of the Cassiar Platform
(Gordey et al., 1982). The basins are part of ancestral North
America and the Cassiar Terrane, which is believed to be a displaced slice of the miogeocline (Monger and Berg, 1984), (figs.
1 & 2) . The majority of the Earn Group strata outcrop northeast of the Tintina Fault system, with small areas occurring southwest of the fault near Watson Lake (fig. 3) . In order to view the basins in their original configuration, 450 kilometres of right- lateral strike slip offset must be restored on the Tintina Fault
(Abbott et al., 1986), (fig. 4).
From latest Proterozoic through Middle Devonian, shallow to deep water elastics and shelf carbonates were deposited in the Selwyn and Kechika Basins (Abbott, 1982). On surrounding platform areas
(fig. 1) shallow water carbonates and quartz arenite accumulated during the Ordovician, Silurian, and Devonian. The setting changed dramatically in the Late Devonian through early Mississippian, with a marked increase in tectonic activity and the deposition of the transgressive, northerly and westerly derived shale, siltstone, chert, and locally derived coarse sediment gravity debris flows in fault controlled grabens (Gordey et al., 1987), (fig. 4). 6
Figure 3. Regional Earn Group outcrop map with general locations of conodont sample sites ( • ) , northern British Columbia, southeastern Yukon, and southwestern North West Territories (outcrop areas adapted from Wheeler & McFeely, 1987).
8
Figure 4. Late Devonian paleogeography of the Selwyn and Kechika Basin area. Arrows show generalized paleoflow. Approximately 450 kilometres of right-lateral displacement on the Tintina Fault has been restored (adapted from Abbott, Gordey, & Tempelman-Kluit, 1986). Introduction / 9 The fine grain sediments were deposited distal to or in the intervening areas between such flows. At the same time, sedimentary exhalative mineralization associated with submarine hydrothermal vents deposited sulphides on to the sea floor. The conodont specimens were collected from carbonate lenses and calcareous shale and siltstone within this sequence.
The Earn Group is characterized by abrupt changes in facies and thickness, and by internal disconformities. This assemblage is indicative of an active tensional regime arising from either continental rifting and separation, or of an extensional regime related to strike-slip faulting (Abbott et al., 1986). In some areas mid-Mississippian through Triassic, relatively stable marine elastics and carbonates are preserved (Gordey et al., 1982). The whole region has been structurally deformed during several episodes of folding, strike-slip and thrust faulting, and minor igneous activity.
C. STRATIFORM MINERAL DEPOSITS
The significant belt of mid-Paleozoic stratiform barite and barite- lead-zinc-silver deposits of western North America (fig. 5) is not well dated. Famennian brachiopods have been recovered from a bedded barite sequence in Sonora, Mexico (Noll, Dutro, and Beus, 1984) and Late Devonian conodonts have been recovered from the Slaven Chert of central Nevada which hosts bedded barite sequences (Rye, Shawe, and Poole, 1978). Preliminary application of conodont 10
Figure 5. Late Devonian stratiform barite and barite-lead-zinc- silver deposits in western North American Cordillera. Introduction / 11 biostratigraphy (Dawson & Orchard, 1982) to stratiform mineral deposits in the Earn Group showed many to be of Late Devonian age. The conodont biostratigraphy described herein, however, provides precise ages for the Earn Group deposits at Macmillan Pass, Midway, and Gataga. The deposits are considered syn-depositional because of their concordance within the strata. This is attested by their well laminated character, metal and mineralogical zonation, and occurrence of mineralized clasts in the mineral deposits and in the overlying strata (Turner, 1983, Bailes et al., 1986, McClay & Bidwell, 1986, and McClay & Insley, 1986). Because the deposits are syn-depositional, paleontological dating of the host sediments can directly date the deposition and mineralization event(s) that produced the mineral deposit.
The mineralization at Macmillan Pass can be subdivided into two types: (1) bedded barite deposits such as those at the CATHY, JEFF, GHMS, TEA, MOOSE, PETE, and GARY properties (fig. 9), (2) stratiform barite-lead zinc-silver deposits such as those at the TOM and JASON properties (fig. 9). Both types of mineralization are hosted by relatively fine grained clastic sequences, accompanied by chert and limestone, that are usually contained within coarser sequences of sediment gravity debris flow elastics (Dawson & Orchard, 1982; Turner, 1983; Bailes et al., 1986; McClay & Bidwell, 1986). The barite mineralization occurs stratigraphically above and below the barite-lead-zinc-silver deposits. The entire area of deposition is structurally deformed, with steeply dipping tight folds and faults. At Midway only two Introduction / 12 bedded barite horizons, EWEN and PERRY, are hosted in fine grained Earn Group elastics (Nelson & Bradford, 1987). In the Gataga district both stratiform barite and barite-lead-zinc deposits are hosted by fine grained Earn Group elastics (McClay et al., 1988; McClay & Insley, 1986). The mineralized horizons are found in poorly exposed sections of highly folded and sheared rocks. At Gataga, the barite mineralization appears to be stratigraphically below and inter-bedded with the barite-lead-zinc mineralization.
The stratiform sulphide mineralization occurred when hydrothermal fluids vented into brine pools in restricted basins along marginal growth faults (McClay & Bidwell, 1986; Bailes et al. , 1986). This process is similar to the mineralization around "black smokers" seen off the west coast of North America today. At JASON and TOM, properties the mineralization is further from the vent, and appears to be dominated by barite whereas, proximal to and overlying the vent it is dominated by lead and zinc sulphides. Turner (pers. comm. 1989) believes the different stratigraphic zones at the JASON deposit (Bailes et al., 1986) represent the same structurally repeated mineralization horizon, and that the JASON deposit occurs at the same stratigraphic level as the TOM deposit. Unfortunately, no conodont collections have been made in the precise intervals needed to corroborate these hypotheses.
Additional conodont biostratigraphy, combined with mineralogical, geochemical, and structural studies, is necessary to fully understand the mineralization and depositional history of these Introduction / 13 important stratiform deposits. Conodonts can provide the biochronological framework for understanding and correlating existing deposits, as well as helping to delineate future exploration target areas and strata.
D. METHODS
Over 347 carbonate, calcareous shale and siltstone samples were collected and processed to obtain the conodonts used in this study.
Sampling was done by a number of regional and property geologists since 1973, with the majority of the sampling undertaken in 1985,
1986 and 1987. Sample weights ranged from approximately one to six kilograms. The majority of samples are stratigraphically isolated from each other. Some samples were collected as part of federal and provincial government mapping projects from isolated surface outcrops. Drilling programs at Midway and Gataga facilitated detailed sampling from drill core material over intervals of between ten and sixty centimetres. During August 1987, the author collected 78 samples from drill core and isolated outcrop in the
Midway property area. Other collectors include; J.G. Abbott, K.M.
Dawson, S.P. Gordey, B. Hall, T. Harms, M.W. Insley, W. Jakubowski,
I.R. Jonasson, J.W. Lydon, K.R. McClay, D. Maclntyre, D. Mundy, J.
Nelson, and D. Tempelman-Kluit. Of the 286 samples collected in
1985, 1986 and 1987, 78 contained Late Devonian conodonts, 67 contained conodonts indicative of the Ordovician, Silurian, Lower and Middle Devonian, and Carboniferous, and 141 were barren (51% productive, 49% barren). Introduction / 14
The standard techniques of acetic acid dissolution, wet sieving, and heavy liquid (tetrabromoethane) separation were used to extract and concentrate the conodonts from the host rock (Stone, 1986) . This processing was carried out at the Geological Survey of Canada, Vancouver with additional reprocessing at C.F. Mineral Research, Kelowna, British Columbia.
The dissolution procedure for carbonate rocks involved placing approximately one kilogram of rock sample, broken into one to three centimetre diameter pieces, into a ten litre plastic bucket. The bucket was filled with seven litres of 10% acetic acid solution and three litres of filtered spent 10% acetic acid solution as a buffering agent. After one week, the insoluble residue was wet sieved and washed through a standard 31 centimetre two sieve stack consisting of a no. 18 (1 mm) and no. 170 (0.09 mm) mesh. The coarse fraction (>1 mm) was retained for additional acidizing and the fine fraction (>0.09) mm was dried.
Once dried, the fine residue was placed in funnels filled with tetrabromoethane diluted with acetone to a specific gravity of 2.96 or 2.85. The heavy and light fractions were then drained on to separate filter papers, washed with acetone and air dried. The acetone-tetrabromoethane solution was collected and allowed to evaporate in a fume hood until the tetrabromoethane was concentrated. This procedure reduces the loss of the heavy liquid. All stages of the separation procedure involving tetrabromoethane were carried out in a fumehood with double gloves, apron, face Introduction / 15 shield and respirator used for safety reasons since tetrabromoethane is both hazardous and toxic (Hauff & Airey, 1980).
After the light (<2.85 g/ml) and heavy (>2.85 g/ml) fractions were dried, the light fraction was checked for conodonts and the heavy fraction carefully picked for microfossils using a binocular microscope using a moistened 000 paint brush. Conodont yields in productive samples, ranged from one to several hundred per kilogram.
Although the majority of the faunal descriptions were done under a binocular microscope, selected specimens were mounted on scanning electron microscope (SEM) stubs for photography. The mounting procedure involved placing double sided tape onto each stub, and pre-coating it with less than two nanometres of gold. The selected conodonts were arranged on the stub and subsequently coated with gold, a minimum of 60 nanometres, using a Polaron E5400 high resolution sputter coater. The conodonts were then photo- micrographed with a Cambridge Stereoscan 90 SEM and Polaroid Type 53 print film. The micrographs, in addition to providing the illustrations for the plates, allowed for more detailed specimen descriptions and comparisons. Conodonts / 16
II. UPPER DEVONIAN CONODONTS
A. TAXONOMY
Conodonts were first described and illustrated in 1856 by Christian H. Pander (1794-1865). Every distinctive element that Pander found was classified as a separate genus, a taxonomic approach method known as form taxonomy. The generic classification given to the simple cone shaped elements was entirely arbitrary and without any biological basis. Inevitably, however, implied genetic
relationships developed in the form taxonomy system.
A major contribution to form taxonomy came from Ulrich and Bassler (1926). They based their classification system on the understanding that variations in tooth morphology reflected specific or generic characteristics. Descriptions and subdivisions of conodont elements based on form taxonomy continued with the contributions of Branson and Mehl between 1933 and 1944. The first Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology (1962) on the subject of conodonts was entirely based on form taxonomy. Form taxonomy, although arbitrary and ignorant of zoological nomenclature guidelines, provided the most effective system to catalogue conodont elements for biostratigraphic purposes. In addition to the biostratigraphic applications of form taxonomy, evolutionary trends were traced among some form genera. Initial studies of transition series between form elements were done by Lindstrom (1964) . Conodonts / 17 In 1879, G.J. Hinde described what he believed to be natural multielement assemblages of conodont elements. Hinde suggested that these assemblages, consisting of a variety of different shaped conodont elements, represented the complete skeletal apparatus of a conodont organism. In order to adequately describe and name these assemblages Hinde proposed a system of multielement taxonomy. Generic and specific nomenclature was developed to reflect genetic relationships of the assemblages. The original assemblage described by Hinde and assemblages described by Schmidt (1934) and Scott (1934) illustrated that individual conodont genera were not all uni-element (Lindstrom, 19 64).
One complication of multielement taxonomy is in part due to the way most conodont elements are found. Conodont assemblages and fused apparatuses are rare, in the majority of studies conodont elements are extracted as discrete elements from dissolved sedimentary rock. An empirical method to group large collections of discrete elements into "natural assemblages" was first used by Huckriede (1958). Huckriede used existing fused clusters and intact assemblages found on bedding planes as anatomical models to empirically group the discrete elements. This method continues to be frequently used by conodont taxonomists. Statistical analysis on collections of discrete conodont elements is also an important method for reconstructing conodont apparatuses (Sweet, 1988).
In this study, form taxonomy is used to describe the platform conodonts of the Earn Group for several reasons. One reason is Conodonts / 18 because of its rapid evolution, the platform or Pa element is the most diagnostic element amongst Late Devonian conodontophorids. Secondly, within the conodont collections used in this study, the recovery of non-platform elements was inconsistent and in most cases poor. Thirdly, the standard Late Devonian zonation scheme was erected on conodonts classified by form taxonomy (Ziegler, 1962; Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973; Ziegler & Sandberg, 1984).
Recent studies of Frasnian palmatolepids and polygnathids by Klapper & Philip (1971; 1972), Philip & McDonald (1975), Boogaard van den & Kuhry (1979), Fahraeus (1982), Klapper & Lane (1985; 1988), Nicoll (1985), Klapper (1988) have provided valuable interpretations of multielement apparatuses. Revisions and refinements to the standard zonation scale are inevitable and hopefully, the use of multielement taxa will increase the resolution of the Late Devonian zonation.
Although there remain many imperfections with the system of conodont taxonomy and description, conodonts maintain their reputation as excellent tools for biostratigraphic zonation and biofacies studies from the Cambrian through Triassic. Two schools of conodont taxonomy exist: one school devoted to understanding the stratigraphic applications of conodonts; the other school devoted to understanding the biological affinities of conodont elements, assemblages and organisms. Each school, through its different devotion, looks at taxonomy differently. Biostratigraphy needs a taxonomic system to describe different taxa which delineate a Conodonts / 19 specific time period. Although the biological implications of taxonomy are important to biostratigraphy, they are not of primary importance. As a result, the form taxonomy system, even with its biologically related problems, continues to be an effective system to catalogue disarticulated conodont elements.
Conodonts were discovered and used extensively for biostratigraphy before major scientific studies addressed their biological affinities. Increased knowledge of the conodont organism, through the discoveries of multielement assemblages, has heightened the fact that form taxonomy is an arbitrary system which assumed conodont organisms were uni-element. As a result, paleobiology has begun to re-develop conodont taxonomy based on multielement assemblages. Some confusion results from this re-development but, a multielement taxonomy system, which recognises the existing system and provides a feasible transition mechanism, will not undermine the biostratigraphic applications of conodonts.
B. ZONATION
The standard zonation succession subdivides the approximately 15 million years of Late Devonian time into 28 zones (fig. 6) . Because the taxa used to define the zonation are recognized around the world, a revised version of the original zonation has been applied worldwide (see Klapper & Ziegler, 1979). 20
Figure 6. The revised international standard Late Devonian conodont zonation. After Ziegler, 1962, 1971; Klapper & Ziegler, 1979; Ziegler & Sandberg, 1984; Sandberg, Ziegler, Dreesen, & Butler, 1988; Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, 1989. Abbreviations: (Um) Uppermost, (U) Upper, (M) Middle, (L) Lower, (E) Early, (S) Schimdtognathus (P) Polygnathus, (K) Klapperina, (M) Mesotaxis, (A) Ancyrodella, (An) Ancyrognathus, (Pa) Palmatolepis, (Sc) Scaphignathus, (Ps) Psuedopolygnathus, (B) Bispathodus, (Pr) Protognathus. M.DEVON. • o UPPER DEVONIAN SERIES GIVETIAN FRASNIAN FAMENNIAN STAGE asymmetricus An. (PELAGI C Unguiformis triangularis praesulcata rhomboidea marginifera cristatus hermanni disparilis transitans falsio trachytera punctata rhenana postera expansa crepida triangularis CONODON T STANDAR D ZONATIO N BIOFACI E valis -
—i c c r- r- c l- - c r- - CO c c r c r~ c 3 c r c r c c Pa . crepida K. An. Pa . rhomboidea Pa . m marginifera S . P. M. Pa . marginifera utahensis Pa. An. Pa. Pa. Pa. Pa. Pa . perlobata Pa . glabra Pa. Pa . termini Pa.gracilis A. Pa . Ps . granulosus Pa . gracilis manca B. Pa. Sc . velifer S . praesulcata Pa . rugosa trachytera 6 . Pr . poorl y cristatus disparilis curvata falsiovalis aculeatus ultimus hermanni B Y APPEARANC E rhenana triangularis deicatula tenuipunctata Unguiformis asymmetricus triangularis punctata kockeli transitans poolei O F LOWE R define d DEFINITIO N expansa postera clarki LIMI T OF : Conodonts / 22 In the original Late Devonian standard conodont zonation (Ziegler, 1962, 1971), the lower limit and name of the zone were established by the first occurrence of species, regardless of whether the species belonged to a shallow-water genus (Scaphignathus) or neritic (Ancyrodella, Ancyrognathus) or pelagic genus (Palmatolepis) (Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, 1989) (fig. 6) . Later work by Ziegler & Sandberg (1984) and Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck (1989) has revised the standard zonation to reflect two lineages of pelagic conodonts: Mesotaxis and Palmatolepis. Further work by Sandberg & Dreesen (1984) proposes an alternative shallow- water, neritic zonation based on icriodid and/or ancyrodellid and ancyrognathid genera. Studies involving conodont genera of the polygnathid biofacies (Klapper & Lane, 1985 and Metzger, 1989) continue to expand the understanding and value of shallower water, inner-shelf biofacies.
Recent studies in France (Klapper, 1988) and Alberta (Klapper & Lane, 1988) have proposed a provisional revised Late Devonian zonation. Klapper (1988) and Klapper & Lane (1988) do not base their zonation schemes on one conodont lineage but, utilize pelagic and shallow water species within a given area. The resolution of these regional zonations is much finer than the standard zonation of Ziegler (1962). The informal conodont zonation developed, however, is intended for regional and not global zonation. Due to their regional scope, these provisional schemes are difficult to recognize in the relatively small Frasnian collections of Earn Group conodonts. Furthermore, since many new species used to Conodonts / 23 delineate zones are not readily identifiable, it is difficult to correlate them with these zonations.
The standard Late Devonian conodont zonation is readily applicable to the conodont taxa, indicative of basinal biofacies, in the Selwyn and Kechika Basins. Unfortunately, the exact Givetian- Frasnian and Frasnian-Famennian boundary intervals are not recognized in the Earn Group sequence.
C. BIOFACIES
An understanding of conodont biofacies is important for the development of conodont zonation. To better understand conodont biofacies the development and recognition of an ecologic model for the conodont lifestyle is necessary. The first comprehensive ecologic model for conodonts suggested a planktic mode of life, where the animals were segregated by vertical stratification, including both near surface and deep water genera (Seddon and Sweet, 1971). Based on segregation by vertical stratification, Seddon and Sweet (1971) erected two biofacies in the Devonian limestones of the Canning Basin, Australia. A near reef, shallower water biofacies was dominated by Icriodus fauna and a basinal, deeper water biofacies is dominated by Palmatolepis fauna. This type of segregation, common among other planktic organisms, was controlled by temperature, light intensity and food supply (Seddon and Sweet, 1971). Conodonts / 2 4 Druce (1973) recognized three possible biofacies within Late
Devonian sediments based on depth zonation: Biofacies I, shallow water depth characterized by simple cones; Biofacies II, slightly deeper water is dominated by Icriodus; Biofacies III, deepest water is characterized by Palmatolepis. Druce pointed out that the biofacies appeared ubiquitous and, therefore, were indicative of depth layering and a pelagic mode of life.
The existence of definite lateral segregation seen by Barnes and Fahraeus (1975) suggested an alternative benthic or nektobenthic habit. Barnes and Fahraeus assumed, that to account for several conodont distribution patterns, some Early Ordovician conodont larvae went through a pelagic growth stage. The authors concluded that there appeared to be a slow adaptation to a nektobenthic habit by Ordovician conodonts away from a predominantly pelagic habit during Cambrian time.
Sandberg (1976) established five conodont biofacies in the Late Devonian Lower exspansa (formerly Upper styriacus) Zone of the western United States. The biofacies in a shoreward direction are as follows: I) Palmatolepid-bispathoid (continental slope and rise); II) Palmatolepid-polygnathid (shallow to moderately deep water on the continental shelf); III) Polygnathid-icriodid (moderately shallow water on the outer cratonic platform); IV) Polygnathid-pelekysgnathid (shallow water of normal salinity on the inner craton); V) Clydagnathid (very shallow water on offshore banks and in associated lagoons). Conodonts / 2 5 In 1978, Klapper and Barrick compared both pelagic and benthic modern day marine organisms in an attempt to explain the distribution patterns and the ecologic model of conodonts. Based on comparisons between modern organisms and Upper Devonian conodont distribution, Klapper & Barrick (1978) suggested that both a neritic-pelagic or nektobenthic mode of life could explain conodont distribution patterns.
Further subdivision and delineation of conodont biofacies was under taken by Sandberg and Ziegler (1979) and Sandberg, Ziegler, Dreesen, & Butler (1988). Sandberg et al. (1988) recognized two more important Frasnian biofacies, the polygnathid-ancyrodellid and polygnathid. The boundaries of conodont biofacies were probably controlled by nutrient supply, salinity, temperature, turbidity, and physical boundaries.
Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck (1989) recognized the following conodont biofacies, proceeding shoreward, during the Frasnian falsiovalis and transitans zones; mesotaxid-polygnathid, polygnathid-icriodid, polygnathid-ancyrodellid, polygnathid, and shallow water panderinellinid. The authors noted that the identification of biofacies was important to their zonal scheme because of the difficulties involved with establishing precise dates in shallow water biofacies. The first occurrences of conodonts within shallow water biofacies can be directly effected transgression-regression cycles which will effect the recognition of a particular zone in a given area. Conodonts / 2 6 The combined studies of Sandberg, Ziegler, Druce, Seddon, Sweet, and others have demonstrated the existence of recognizable conodont biofacies worldwide within Late Devonian sediments. Biofacies models, constructed for specific areas in North America, Europe and Australia have been correlated worldwide. The individual biofacies are differentiated on the basis of the relative abundance of conodont genera and named according to the most abundant genus or genera. The paleo-environment that each biofacies represented is interpreted from both sedimentological and paleontological evidence.
The Late Devonian conodonts within Selwyn and Kechika Basins generally represent the basinal or pelagic, Frasnian age, mesotaxid-polygnathid and Famennian age, palmatolepid biofacies. Approximately 2 0 conodont collections indicative of a basinal biofacies contain a few specimens of icriodids. The shallower water icriodid genera were probably swept seaward into the basinal biofacies by sediment gravity debris flows.
D. PREVIOUS WORK IN WESTERN CANADA
Previous taxonomic and biostratigraphic studies on Late Devonian conodonts in western Canada include Uyeno (19 67), Mound (19 68), Pollock (1968), Uyeno (1974), Norris & Uyeno (1981), Klapper & Lane (1985; 1988), and Orchard (1988) (fig. 7). Due to differences of faunal composition direct correlation between the Selwyn and Conodonts / 27 Kechika Basin conodont faunas and the faunas described in Alberta is not possible (Klapper & Lane, 1988).
In southern Alberta, Mound (1968) describe a diverse fauna of Frasnian conodonts from the Beaverhill Lake Formation, the Woodbend and Winterburn Groups, and Famennian conodonts from the Wabamun Group. Frasnian assemblages, corresponding to other European and North America assemblages of similar age, were recovered from subsurface samples. The collections contained species of Palmatolepis, Polygnathus, Ancyrodella, Icriodus, and several other Frasnian species. The Frasnian assemblages included specimens indicative of the punctata, Upper asymmetricus, Ancyrognathus triangularis, Lower rhenana, and linguiformis zones (fig. 7). A small collection of Famennian Palmatolepis may represent part of the rhomboidea Zone.
Pollock (1968) also described conodont assemblages indicative of the Frasnian in southern Alberta. Pollock recorded 81 species and subspecies of genera including Palmatolepis, Ancyrodella, Polygnathus. These elements are indicative of the transitans Zone, punctata Zone, Upper asymmetricus Zone, Ancyrognathus triangularis Zone, Lower and Upper rhenana zones, and linguiformis Zone. Pollock's study established a general correlation with other North American and Western Australian sections (fig. 7).
Preliminary work in the Waterways Formation of northeastern and central Alberta by Uyeno (1967) was expanded upon by Uyeno (1974) 28
Figure 7. Correlations of previously published Late Devonian conodont biostratigraphy studies in western Canada and Earn Group conodonts plotted with the standard Late Devonian conodont zonation. Asterisks (*) denote species and/or fauna indicative of a specific conodont zone have been recognized. Question mark (?) denote species and/or fauna ranging through a specific conodont zone have been recognized (abbreviations: (Um) Uppermost; (U) Upper; (M) Middle; (L) Lower; (E) Early; (An) Ancyrognathus; (Gp.) Group; (B.L.FM.) Beaverhill Lake Formation; (W.GP.) Winterburn Group; (HAY R. FM.) Hay River Formation; (TROUT R. FM.) Trout River Formation; (MT.H.) Mount Hawk Formation; (R.FM.) Ronde Formation; Kakisa Formation, Sassenach Formation, Tetcho Formation). POLLOCK, 1968 POLLOCK,1968 KLAPPER & LANE 1985 KLAPPER & LANE ORCHARD, 1988 HERE IN MOUND, 1968 UYENO,1974 Rocky Mountains Alberta Plains ORCHARD, 1988 1988 Medicine Lake Selwyn Basin
postera mm* z trachytera < z Um ? UzJ marginifera * z < < U- z ? o rhomboidea L>U Q JTJTJ r'T' '_ | _ i
crepida | UtrJ Q. llll1 — 1 l— 1 — 1 — 1 0. I—I-I-I-I ? lllll 1I-I-I-I- — 1 — 1 I— 1 — 1 ? llll1 — 1 l — 1 — 1— 1 triangularis , l-l-l-l-l
llllSASSENAC H l -v-v-v-y-: 1 1 o 1 i i- —_J_— • — •1 — •i —r=r • — i Unguiformis | _J_ —_l r^?I-I - i -i-Wi ? 2 —— i — i — i -i-i z - -_J_ LL _l_ — _l_ —_L < rhenana —_l_ — _1_— i-i-i-i-i ? EN D GP . X -I— —_J_-_l
lllll cc —_|_ —_|_— |MT . H.|R.FM J i i i z m 1 II
Q -II I -II I "II I -II I Q * w An. triangularis II I 1 1II I 1 1 —_J_ — I-I-I-I-I L
to Conodonts / 30
(fig. 7). Faunas including Ancyrodella, Palmatolepis, and
Polygnathus were described and illustrated. Largely on the basis of Ancyrodella species, Uyeno assigned the Waterways Formation to the transitans and punctata zones. Correlations between the
Waterways Formation fauna and, similar aged assemblages in North
America and western Europe were noted by Uyeno. A report by Norris and Uyeno (1981) includes additional faunal descriptions from the
Waterways Formation.
Klapper and Lane (198 5) illustrated and described a large number of Frasnian conodonts from the western North West Territories.
Although most of the Frasnian conodonts collected adjacent to the
Trout River and Hay River belong to the Polygnathus (shallow water) biofacies, there are several incursions of species from the
Palmatolepis biofacies. Klapper and Lane (1985) did not resolve the problem of correlation between their collections and the existing zonation scheme based on offshore Palmatolepis biofacies.
Their correlations with the "standard" Palmatolepis biofacies based zonation are approximations: punctata and Upper asymmetricus Zone,
Ancyrognathus triangularis Zone, and the Lower rhenana Zone (fig.
7) •
Parts of a recent Frasnian conodont study by Klapper and Lane
(1988) in Alberta Rocky Mountains correlates with work done by
Klapper (1988) in France. Conodont faunas described by Klapper &
Lane (1988) are generally indicative of the middle Frasnian, whereas, Earn Group faunas span lower and middle Frasnian (fig. Conodonts / 31 7) . The Alberta assemblages were divided into seven informal zones dominated by Frasnian conodonts of the offshore Palmatolepis biofacies in the older zones, and by the nearshore Polygnathus biofacies in the youngest zone. Although, conodont species from each of the seven zones developed by Klapper & Lane (1988) are recognized within the faunas from Macmillan Pass, Midway, and Gataga areas, there are sufficient differences between the Alberta and the Selwyn and Kechika Basins collections to preclude direct correlation. Correlation of the youngest zone of the Polygnathus biofacies, is possible with parts of the sequences described earlier by Klapper and Lane (1985) from the North West Territories.
Conodonts from the Frasnian-Famennian boundary interval in Alberta and the North West Territories have been studied by Orchard (1988), (fig. 7) . Fauna from the Trout River area, where Klapper and Lane (1985) worked, include species indicative of the Upper rhenana Zone, and fauna no older than Middle triangularis Zone but older than Middle crepida Zone. In the Alberta, Medicine Lake section, Orchard (1988) describes fauna from the offshore Palmatolepis biofacies. Species indicative of the Lower (?) and Upper rhenana Zone, Middle (?) and Upper triangularis Zone and Lower (?) and Middle crepida Zone are illustrated. Similar and identical conodonts also occur in Selwyn and Kechika Basin faunas MP7-10 and G5-10 (figs. 7 & 14) . Due to low conodont yields and different biofacies, fauna from the Trout River and Medicine Lake areas can not be dated accurately in terms of the standard Frasnian conodont zonation. Conodonts / 3 2 Additional work involving Late Devonian conodonts from the Earn Group of the Selwyn and Kechika Basins includes Dawson & Orchard (1982), Gordey, Abbott, & Orchard (1982), Norford & Orchard (1985), Orchard & Irwin (1988), and Irwin & Orchard (1988). These studies are referred to specifically in the regional case study chapters which follow.
III. REGIONAL CASE STUDIES
The geological setting, stratigraphy, and conodont biostratigraphy are described for each of the areas. A discussion of the conodont biostratigraphy of each area and the correlations within the Selwyn and Kechika Basins follows. The geological setting and stratigraphy sections are, for the most part, a review of the published literature. The conodont biostratigraphy sections include descriptions of the informal conodont faunas identified by a prefix; MP, Macmillan Pass; M, Midway; G, Gataga, followed by a number, are described (fig. 14). These faunas were differentiated on the basis of unique faunal age range and conodont species. Several conodont faunas may represent improvised collections of another fauna but, are identified as separate faunas on the basis of a different faunal age range.
Many conodont collections from the Selwyn and Kechika Basins are scattered in isolated surface outcrops with limited stratigraphic control. The majority of the key species and subspecies of the faunas are illustrated in plates 1-8, with their age ranges listed 33
Table I. Age ranges of important Givetian and Frasnian conodont species and subspecies in the Selwyn and Kechika Basins. Based on Ziegler, 1962, 1971; Klapper & Ziegler, 1979; Ziegler & Sandberg, 1984; Sandberg, Ziegler, Dreesen, & Butler, 1988; Sweet, 1988; Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, 1989. GIVETIAN FRASNIAN FAMEN.
hermanni- asym• varcus cristatus disparilis falsiovalis transitans punctata metricus Ancyrognathus rhenana Ungui• triangularis triangularis formis Conodont Fauna L M U La M U
Ancyrodella binodosa Ancyrodella curvata -?- Ancyrodella gigas Ancyrodella ioides Ancyrodella lobata Ancyrodella nodosa Ancyrodella rotundiloba Klapperina disparalis Klapperina disparalvea Klapperina disparata Klapperina ovalis Mesotaxis asymmetrica Mesotaxis dengleri Mesotaxis falsiovalis Palmatolepis domanicensis Palmatolepis foliacea Palmatolepis hassi Palmatolepis proversa Palmatolepis punctata Palmatolepis rhenana Palmatolepis transitans Palmatolepis winchelli ?- Palmatolepis sp. C Orchard Palmatolepis n.sp. A "Polygnathus" cristatus Polygnathus dubius Polygnathus Unguiformis 35
Table II. Age ranges of important Famennian conodont species and subspecies in the Selwyn and Kechika Basins. Based on Ziegler, 1962, 1971; Klapper & Ziegler, 1979; Ziegler & Sandberg, 1984; Sweet, 1988. FAMENNIAN
triangularis crepida rhomboidea marqinifera trachytera postera expansa praesulcata
Conodont Fauna M U M U U Um U M U
Palmatolepis crepida Palmatolepis delicatula clarki Palmatolepis glabra acuta Palmatolepis g. distorta Palmatolepis g. glabra Palmatolepis g. lepta Palmatolepis g. pectinata Palmatolepis g. prima Palmatolepis g. prima morph. 2 S&Z Palmatolepis g. gracilis Palmatolepis klapperi Palmatolepis m. marginifera Palmatolepis m. utahensis Palmatolepis minuta minuta Palmatolepis m. loba Palmatolepis p. perlobata Palmatolepis p. gross! Palmatolepis p. helms! Palmatolepis p. schindewolfi Palmatolepis poolei Palmatolepis q. quadrantinodosa Palmatolepis q. inflexa Palmatolepis q. inflexoidea Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Palmatolepis q. morph. 1 S&Z 1973 Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis Palmatolepis rhomboidea Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera Palmatolepis rugosa rugosa Palmatolepis rugosa cf. ampla Palmatolepis subperlobata Palmatolepis stoppeli Palmatolepis triangularis Palmatolepis tenuipunctata Palmatolepis wolskajae
LO Macmillan Pass / 37 on tables 1 & 2. Although no complete stratigraphic sections were measured, some collections from drill core material at Midway and Gataga, occurred in short measurable sections which provided good stratigraphic control (appendices B & C) . Even without the precise control of measured sections, the conodont collections still provide important ages for a biostratigraphic framework in the Earn Group and the stratiform mineral deposits. Unless otherwise noted, all conodont collections are from the Earn Group.
A. MACMILLAN PASS
The Macmillan Pass area includes the following 1:250 000 scale map areas; Niddery Lake 105O, Sekwi Mountain 105P, Tay River 105K, Sheldon Lake 105J, and Nahanni 1051 (fig. 2) . Within this area there are several stratiform barite and barite-lead-zinc-silver deposits including; CATHY, JEFF, TOM, JASON, TEA, MOOSE, GHMS, PETE, and GARY properties (fig. 9).
1. Geological Setting
Previous work in the Macmillan Pass area includes reconnaissance mapping by Blusson (1971; 1974), Gordey (1981), Cecile (1981); detailed studies of several deposits by Came (1979), Dawson and Orchard (1982), Turner (1983), Bailes et al. (1986), McClay and Bidwell (1986), and Winn and Bailes (1987) ; and regional stratigraphic studies by Gordey, Abbott, and Orchard (1982), Abbott Macmillan Pass / 3 8 (1982), Abbott, Gordey, and Tempelman-Kluit (1986), and Gordey, Abbott, Tempelman-Kluit, and Gabrielse (1987).
The Macmillan Pass area includes a portion of the Selwyn Basin, which is part of the western miogeocline, southwest of the Ogilvie and Mackenzie platforms (Gordey et al. 1982), (fig. 1). Although there are several definitions for the Selwyn Basin, that adopted here is an informal definition from Abbott et al. (1986) which refers to the basin as the geographical area roughly delineated by the Paleozoic carbonate-shale boundary and the Tintina Fault. The Selwyn Basin was the sight of deep and off-shelf sedimentation from late Precambrian through Middle Devonian (Abbott, 1982). Shallow water platform carbonates and elastics bordered the basin during Ordovician, Silurian, and Devonian time.
An increase in tectonic activity is marked by the influx of late Middle Devonian coarse sediments which transgressed over the area through Early Carboniferous after which time tectonism decreased and sedimentation characteristic of a tectonically stable, marine environment continued through Triassic time (Gordey et al., 1982).
2. Stratigraphy
The following stratigraphic description is a synthesis of work done by Abbott (1982), Gordey et al. (1982) and Abbott et al. (1986). Strata of Late Proterozoic through Triassic age, intruded by Cretaceous plutonic rocks, are exposed within the Macmillan Pass Macmillan Pass / 39 region (figs. 8 & 9) . The area has been subjected to several episodes of folding and strike-slip and thrust faulting. There are several regional unconformities in the Macmillan Pass district.
The oldest strata exposed are Late Proterozoic coarse quartzo- feldsphatic turbidites, and shales at least 200 metres thick commonly referred to as the 'Grit' unit (fig. 9) . The elastics are deposited in westward thickening sequences which are believed to reflect initial rifting. Two hundred metres of Early Cambrian and Ordovician phyllite and slate unconformably overly the 'Grit' unit. Within the thinly laminated to homogenous phyllite thin beds of limestone occur throughout with thicker beds common locally. Ordovician conodonts from these strata show that the unit is time equivalent to the Rabbitkettle Formation in the Sheldon Lake and Tay River map areas (Gordey & Irwin, 1987).
In the Road River Group, approximately 450 metres of chert, slate, shale, and silty limestone, conformably overlies the Cambro- Ordovician unit (fig. 8) . Ordovician, Silurian, and Early to Middle Devonian graptolites and conodonts have been recovered from the Road River Group. Abrupt changes in thickness within the unit might be either depositional and connected to growth faults or a result of erosional truncation of the unit. Abbott (1982) also describes Silurian (?) and Devonian volcanic flows and feeders within the Road River Group. The basal Earn Group and its unconformable (?) contact with the Road River Group is diachronous. The latest Early Devonian to Mississippian Earn Group is typified 131° 00' 130° 00'
Figure 8. Stratigraphic section across the Macmillan Pass area (not restored). Location seen in regional map below. Abrupt lateral changes in stratigraphy reflect syn-depositional extensional and/or wrench faults. Mineralization in relative stratigraphic positions (modified from Abbott, Gordey, & Tempelman- Kluit, 1986). 41
Figure 9. Generalized geological map of the Macmillan Pass Area with mineral exploration properties (modified from Abbott, 1982). to Macmillan Pass / 43 by a complex internal stratigraphy with internal unconformities and extreme changes in thickness, lithology, and facies (Gordey et al., 1982) (figs. 8 & 9) . In the Macmillan Pass district Gordey et al. (1982) subdivided the Earn Group into lower and upper units.
The Lower Earn Group includes a minimum 300-400 metres of chert, chert pebble conglomerates, and siliceous shale spanning most of the Devonian. The Upper Earn Group, separated by an unconformity, consists of a minimum 2 00-600 metres of Upper Devonian to Early
Carboniferous shale, sandstone, and chert conglomerate. This Earn
Group subdivision is not recognized at Gataga or Midway. The Upper
Earn Group is unconformably overlain by locally preserved fine grained elastics, chert, and carbonate of relatively shallow, stable, marine environment. The three regionally distinct
Carboniferous, Permian, and Triassic units are separated by unconformities (fig. 8).
3. Biostratigraphy
The preliminary conodont biostratigraphy studies of Orchard in the
Macmillan Pass area defined three levels of barite mineralization
(Dawson & Orchard, 1982). The oldest horizon was Middle Devonian, followed by another horizon in the Upper Devonian and the youngest horizon was of Early Carboniferous age. The conodonts reported by
Dawson and Orchard (1982) adjacent to PETE, JEFF, GHMS, CATHY, 0R0, and TEA bedded barite deposits are included in the present study.
Additional conodonts were collected by Abbott, Gordey, and McClay near the JASON and TOM stratiform barite-lead-zinc-silver deposits. Macmillan Pass / 44 The forty two collections from individual beds of calcareous shale and siltstone or limestone pods over short stratigraphic intervals are listed on tables III & V and appendix A. The Macmillan Pass area conodonts, with three exceptions, have a colour alteration index of 5 due to a regional metamorphic overprint. Two collections sixty kilometres north of the TOM deposit have a CAI of ~4 and one collection adjacent to a pluton with a CAI of 6-7
Conodont faunas
Fauna MP1
This fauna, from collections C-087691, C-087686, C-087545, C-087544, and C-087697, is made up of small numbers of Polygnathus Unguiformis subsp. Hinde. Fauna MP1, dated as Eifelian to early Frasnian, represents the oldest Earn Group conodonts in the Macmillan Pass area. Collection C-087691 occurs within the CATHY barite horizon (fig. 9) and C-087545, and C-087544 occur directly above the mineralization. A single collection, C-087697 from six metres below the barite at the GHMS property (southeast of CATHY), contains Polygnathus dubius Hinde.
Fauna MP2 Fauna MP2 is represented in the following collections; C-087695, C-087696, C-087543. Fauna MP2 is distinguished by the occurrence of Mesotaxis asymmetrica (Bischoff & Ziegler), Klapperina ovalis Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, and several indeterminate Polygnathus species. This fauna is indicative of late falsiovalis Macmillan Pass / 45
Zone through Upper asymmetricus Zone (Sandberg et al., 1989). All three collections were made from a grey limestone about 15 metres below the bedded barite deposit at GHMS property, fifty kilometres southeast of the Macmillan Pass area.
Fauna MP3
Fauna MP3 in collection C-101978 contains Mesotaxis asymmetrica
(Bischoff & Ziegler) and a single Palmatolepis aff. P. transitans
Muller. The age of this small fauna is transitans Zone through
Upper asymmetricus Zone. MP3 was collected from less than 15 metres below a barite horizon at the GHMS property.
Fauna MP4
Collection C-087699 includes Icriodus symmetricus Branson & Mehl,
Ancyrodella aff. A. gigas Youngquist, and Palmatolepis cf. P. winchelli (Stauffer). Fauna MP4 is indicative of upper transitans
Zone through Lower rhenana Zone. The collection was sampled at the
PETE property (fig. 9) from a limestone directly beneath the barite containing minor amounts of bedded zinc-lead-silver mineralization.
Fauna MP5
Fauna MP5 is recognized in collections C-087698 and C-087700. The fauna contains Palmatolepis punctata Hinde, Palmatolepis cf. P. winchelli (Stauffer), and Icriodus sp. Branson & Mehl. Collection
C-087698 also contains an indeterminate species of Ancyrodella.
Fauna MP5, indicative of punctata Zone through Lower rhenana Zone, Macmillan Pass / 4 6 was collected from the same limestone as MP4, below the PETE barite mineralization.
Fauna MP6 A single Ancyrodella cf. A. curvata (Branson & Mehl), recovered from collection C-101979, represents fauna MP6. MP6 is indicative of Upper asymmetricus Zone and possibly into the Lower triangularis Zone. It was collected from a limestone immediately below the barite horizon at the GHMS property.
Fauna MP7 Fauna MP7 is represented by collections C-087557 and C-102321 that include Palmatolepis hassi Muller & Muller. In addition, C-087557 contains Ancyrodella nodosa Ulrich & Bassler and C-102321 contains Ancyrodella aff. A. ioides Ziegler and Palmatolepis winchelli (Stauffer). MP7 is restricted to the Ancyrognathus triangularis Zone through Lower rhenana Zone. Fauna MP7 was collected from a coarse limestone east of the PETE property.
Fauna MP8 Fauna MP8 identified in collections C-102340, C-087558, and C- 102586. The fauna is recognized by the co-occurrence of Palmatolepis rhenana Bischoff, Palmatolepis winchelli (Stauffer) and Palmatolepis aff. P. hassi Muller & Muller. Collection C- 102340 and C-087558 also includes Ancyrodella nodosa Ulrich & Bassler. C-102586 includes a specimen of Palmatolepis sp. C Orchard. Fauna MP8 is indicative of rhenana Zone. Collections of Macmillan Pass / 47 this fauna were made from limestones northwest of the MOOSE property (C-102340), within the JEFF barite (C-087558), and directly southwest of the PETE property (C-102586) (fig. 9).
Fauna MP9 Fauna MP9 is identified in C-086425, C-087560, C-102281, C-118030, C-118032, and C-118033. All the collections of Fauna MP9 include Palmatolepis rhenana Bischoff but, are restricted to the Lower rhenana Zone by the co-occurrence of either Palmatolepis proversa Ziegler (C-086425, C-118033, C-102281, C-118030, and C-118032) and/or Palmatolepis winchelli (Stauffer) with Palmatolepis foliacea Youngquist (C-087560, C-102281, and C-118032). In addition, collection C-087560 contains Palmatolepis hassi Muller & Muller and C-102281 includes Ancyrodella sp. and Palmatolepis hassi Muller & Muller. MP9 is confined to the Lower rhenana Zone. MP9 was collected from several tens of metres above the TOM barite-lead- zinc horizon (C-118030, C-118032 & C-118033). C-086425 was collected from less than 25 metres above the highest GARY barite horizon. The other collections of MP9 were from several locations in the Macmillan Pass area not associated with any stratiform mineral deposit.
Fauna MP10 Fauna MP10, collections C-102342, C-118035, and C-118034, is defined by the co-occurrence of Palmatolepis rhenana Bischoff and Palmatolepis winchelli (Stauffer). Collection C-118034 includes the only specimens of Palmatolepis n.sp. A. Fauna MP10 is Macmillan Pass / 48 indicative of rhenana Zone through linguiformis Zone. C-102342 was collected from a coarse limestone directly northwest of the
MOOSE property. The other two collections were sampled from strata above the TOM barite-lead-zinc horizon.
Fauna MP11 Fauna MP11 of collection C-102320, is a poorly represented fauna which includes Palmatolepis sp. C Orchard, Palmatolepis sp. , and Polygnathus sp. Although Palmatolepis sp. C Orchard occurs in Fauna MP8, its occurrence in C-102320 can only be loosely- constrained as Frasnian in age. MP11 was collected from a coarse grain limestone northeast of the GARY property.
Fauna MP12 In collections 0-093424, C-087561, and C-086413, fauna MP12 is recognized by the occurrence of Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann. The co-occurrence of P. cf. P. regularis Cooper and P. minuta Branson & Mehl in collections 0-093424 and C-087561, and of Palmatolepis cf. P. subperlobata Branson & Mehl in C-087561 restricts the fauna to the Upper triangularis through Middle crepida zones. Collections 0-093424, C-087561, and C-086413 of fauna MP12 were collected as isolated samples from the Tay River, Niddery Lake, and Nahanni map areas, not associated with any stratiform mineralization. Macmillan Pass / 49
Fauna MP13
Fauna MP13 is recognized in collections C-087562, C-089929, and C-
108160. The diverse fauna, with its unique occurrence of
Palmatolepis poolei Sandberg & Ziegler and/or Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata morphotype 1 Sandberg & Ziegler, is restricted to the Lower rhomboidea Zone. Fauna MP13 also includes;
Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle, P. subperlobata Branson
& Mehl, P. glabra aff. P. g. prima Ziegler & Huddle, P. glabra pectinata Ziegler, P. aff. P. quadrantinodosa Branson & Mehl, P. cf. P. regularis Cooper, P. glabra aff. P. glabra glabra, P. minuta
Branson & Mehl, P. glabra acuta Helms, P. cf. P.
quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann, P. klapperi Sandberg & Ziegler,
P. glabra glabra Ulrich & Bassler, P. crepida Sannemann, P. tenuipunctata Sannemann. C-087652 was collected from a carbonate
lens in a shale 50 kilometres north of the TOM property.
Collections C-089929 and C-108160 were sampled from a limestone 10 kilometres west of CATHY barite, stratigraphically above the PETE and GARY barites.
Fauna MP14
Fauna MP14, recognized in collection C-089933, includes
Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera Helms, P. glabra distorta
Branson & Mehl, and P. glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle. MP14 is indicative of the marginifera Zone. This single collection was sampled from an area forty kilometres southwest of the JASON deposit. Macmillan Pass / 50 Fauna MP15 Fauna MP15 is recognized in collection C-087589. In addition to Palmatolepis marginifera cf. P. m. marginifera, this small collections includes P. cf. P. glabra pectinata Ziegler and P. quadrantinodosa cf. P. q. inflexoidea Ziegler. The range of this fauna is restricted to the Lower marginifera Zone but, possibly into the lowest Upper marginifera Zone. MP15 was collected from southwest of Macmillan Pass away from any mineralization.
Fauna MP16 Fauna MP16 is recognized in collections C-087685 and C-108159. Collection C-108159 is a re-collection from the same locality that produced collection C-087685. These collections contain a diverse faunal assemblage which includes; Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera Helms, P. glabra distorta Branson & Mehl, P. glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle, P. glabra pectinata Ziegler, P. perlobata schindewolfi Muller, P. rugosa trachytera Ziegler, P. glabra acuta Helms, P. gracilis gracilis Branson & Mehl, P. quadrantinodosa inflexoidea Ziegler, P. quadrantinodosa inflexa Muller, and P. glabra aff. P. glabra prima Ziegler & Huddle. The fauna also includes P. rugosa trachytera Ziegler which defines the base of the trachytera Zone (Ziegler & Sandberg, 1984). This fauna, indicative of the lower Upper marginifera Zone, was collected from coarse grained limestone several kilometres east of the CATHY barite. The fauna represents the youngest Famennian Earn Group fauna found at Macmillan Pass. Macmillan Pass / 51
Fauna MP17 Fauna MP17 identified in collection C-086285, contains Palmatolepis glabra lepta. The range of MP17 is from Upper crepida Zone into Upper trachytera Zone. Three other Famennian conodont collections from Macmillan Pass have not been assigned to a specific fauna due to insufficient faunal control. Collection C-086286 includes one specimen of Palmatolepis glabra subsp. indeterminate indicative of crepida Zone through trachytera Zone. Collection C-087588 includes Palmatolepis cf. P. perlobata subsp. indeterminate and Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi which range from Middle crepida Zone through Upper expansa Zone. Collection C-142984 with Palmatolepis minuta subsp. indeterminate and Palmatolepis sp. indeterminate is confined to the Famennian.
Fauna MP18 An Early Carboniferous age fauna was recognized by Orchard (Dawson & Orchard, 1982) from several collections below the barite horizons at the TEA barite deposit (fig. 9). The fauna includes Polygnathus communis communis Branson & Mehl, Protognathodus praedelicatus Lane, Sandberg & Ziegler, Pseudopolygnathus multistriatus. Mehl & Thomas. Another collection made from within the barite beds contains 'Hindeodella1 segaformis Bischoff. Both the faunas are indicative of Osagean (=Tournaisian) age (Orchard, in Dawson & Orchard, 1982). Midway / 52 B. MIDWAY
In this section the area referred to the Midway area includes the following 1:250 000 scale map areas; Watson Lake 105A, Jennings River 1040, McDame 104P, and Cry Lake 1041 (fig. 2) . Conodont collections were made around the MIDWAY, PERRY, and EWEN deposits in order to develop the biostratigraphy of the area and clarify the age of the McDame-Earn contact and the bedded barite deposits (fig. 10) .
1. Geological Setting
The Midway deposit is located on the Cassiar Platform (fig. 1), a slice of the western North America miogeocline that was displaced approximately 450 kilometres northwest between Middle Jurassic and Early Cenozoic, along the dextral Tintina fault system (Gabrielse, 1985). The miogeoclinal strata including siliciclastics and carbonates range in age from Early Cambrian to Early Carboniferous (fig. 11). The Sylvester Allochthon was thrust over this autochthonous assemblage between the Middle Jurassic to mid- Cretaceous (Gordey et al., 1982).
Previous work near the Midway deposit includes regional 1:250 000 scale reconnaissance mapping by Gabrielse (1969) and 1:25 000 reconnaissance mapping by Nelson and Bradford (1987). Additional detailed property mapping and drill core logging has been done by Cordilleran Engineering. Two preliminary reports by Maclntyre Midway / 53
(1982; 1983) described the geological setting and mineralization
at Midway. Orchard and Irwin (1988) published a preliminary report
on the conodont biostratigraphy of the Midway property area.
2. Stratigraphy
The oldest strata exposed in the area are correlated with the Lower
Cambrian Atan Group (Nelson & Bradford, 1987) . Approximately 2500 metres have been subdivided into a lower siliciclastic formation
and an upper carbonate formation (Fritz, 1980). Conformably
overlying the Atan Group is roughly 3 00 metres of the Cambrian-
Ordovician Kechika Group which includes thin bedded calcareous
siltstone, shale, and minor limestones (fig. 11).
The Kechika Group is conformably overlain by Ordovician-Silurian
Road River Group. The Road River is 2 00 metres of black, graphitic, siltstone and argillaceous limestone which is unconformably overlain by the informally named Tapioca sandstone unit (Gabrielse, 1969) (fig. 11) . The Lower Devonian Tapioca sandstone is approximately 500 metres thick (Nelson and Bradford,
1987) and consists of dolostone, sandy dolostone and quartzite.
The contact between the Tapioca sandstone and the overlying McDame
Group is transitional. The Middle Devonian McDame Group is made up of approximately 400 metres shallow, marine dolostone and fossiliferous limestone. The upper McDame Group limestone contains abundant stromatoporoids including Amphipora, and tabulate corals, including Syringopora and Thamnopora. Local accumulations of cryptalagal laminates and stromatolites are indicative of an 54
GENERALIZED STRATIGRAPHIC SECTION MIDWAY AREA
SYLVESTER ALLOCHTHON D - "fi
barite mineralization EARN GROUP uD - M
McDAME GROUP mD
TAPIOCA SANDSTONE ID
ROAD RIVER GROUP OS KECHIKA GROUP €0
ATAN GROUP
500 metres (approx.)
Figure 10. A generalized stratigraphic section near the Midway property, northern British Columbia (modified from Nelson & Bradford, 1987). 55
Figure 11. Generalized geological map of the Midway Area with mineral exploration properties (modified from Nelson & Bradford, 1987) . Tf~Ci '^^3 L'o> ^^cT^? i^vr r^7^^\^-"'A-;
U I I ool MISSISSIPPIAN TO TRIASSIC © I o I
"-£>) DEVONIAN TO MISSISSIPPIAN EARN GROUP
MIDDLE DEVONIAN MCDAME GROUP
LOWER DEVONIAN TAPIOCA SANDSTONE
ORDOVICIAN TO SILURIAN ROAD RIVER GROUP
CAMBRIAN TO ORDOVICIAN
•:\-vA-ay'.w-f---:-:-:-r= • Midway / 57 intertidal to subtidal environment. The upper McDame has undergone significant dissolution; Nelson and Bradford (1987) report 200 metres of relief at the McDame-Earn contact. At least some of this dissolution is related to processes that predate Earn Group deposition. Drill core material shows major cavities in the McDame infilled with brecciated Earn Group laminates.
The Devono-Mississippian Earn Group consists of turbiditic clastic sequences that were originally named the Lower Sylvester Group (Gabrielse, 1969). These strata have been reassigned to the Earn Group as defined by Gordey et al. (1982). At Midway, approximately 700 metres of black slate, thin bedded calcareous siltstone, thin to thick bedded sandstone and chert pebble conglomerate, unconformably overlies the McDame Group (Nelson & Bradford, 1987) (fig. 10 & 11). Cordilleran Engineering Ltd. described the MIDWAY property stratigraphy as two generally coarsening upward sequences. The lower sequence consists of a fine grain unit (1A) overlain by a coarse grain unit(IB) and the upper sequence contains another fine grain unit (2A) overlain by a coarse grain unit (2B) . The upper McDame and basal Earn groups contain sulphide mineralization associated with the emplacement of a nearby Cretaceous pluton (Nelson & Bradford, 1987). Two sedimentary exhalative barite deposits, identified at the EWEN and PERRY properties, are hosted within the upper 2A unit of the Earn Group (fig. 10). The upper contact of the Earn Group is the complicated basal thrust system of the Sylvester Allochthon (Nelson & Bradford, 1987). Midway / 58
3. Biostratigraphy
Conodonts occur in significant quantity and diversity within the
Devono-Mississippian Earn Group sediments of the Midway area
(tables IV & V, appendix B) . Although poor preservation and adhering matrix tended to obscure some morphologic details, confident taxonomic determinations were possible after comparisons to better preserved specimens from elsewhere in the Earn Group were completed. The colour alteration index of the Midway conodonts is
5 with only one collection slightly higher at 6 due to its proximity to an alteration zone.
McDame Group samples were collected from limestone and dolomitic siltstone at or just below the McDame/Earn group contact. The Earn
Group conodonts were recovered from black, fine grained, thinly laminated calcareous shale and siltstone. Earn Group samples of less than 1.5 kilograms yielded tens to hundreds of conodont platform and ramiform elements, both complete and fragmented specimens. The majority of the samples were collected in two drill cores; from intervals of less than 50 cm, over 2.5 m sections of drill hole DDH-28 and DDH-34. Although there were no apparent lithological differences in this drill core material at the base
(informal unit 1AC, Cordilleran Engineering Ltd.) of the Lower Earn
Group, there were more unproductive samples in DDH-34 than from
DDH-28 (tables IV & V, appendix B) . Orchard and Irwin (1987) previously divided the Midway conodont specimens into six faunas including three faunas in the Sylvester Group. The Sylvester Group Midway / 59 conodonts are Early Carboniferous or younger and outside the scope of this project.
Fauna Ml
Fauna Ml, identified in collection 0-086357, is the only Late Devonian conodont collection from the Watson Lake map-area (figs. 2 & 3) . The fauna from an unnamed grey limestone includes Icriodus brevis (Huddle) and Icriodus cf. I. brevis Seddon of the nearshore Icriodus biofacies. Fauna Ml is indicative of late Givetian through early Frasnian time.
Fauna M2 Fauna M2 of collection C-088239 contains Ancyrodella sp., Icriodus sp., and Polygnathus sp. The age of fauna M2 is early Frasnian. The poorly defined fauna was sampled in the Cry Lake map area south of the MIDWAY property from the McDame Group (figs. 2 & 3). The collection was made from McDame carbonates about 10 metres below the McDame/Earn Group contact.
Fauna M3 Another collection, C-088250, contains Ancyrodella sp. , Ancyrodella aff. A. binodosa Uyeno, and Polygnathus sp. from the upper McDame Group an unknown distance below the Earn Group contact. The fauna spans the middle falsiovalis through punctata zones. This collection contains the only specimens of Ancyrodella binodosa Uyeno to be recovered from the Selwyn and Kechika Basins. M3 was Midway / 60 collected in the Cry Lake map area, five kilometres south along the same ridge from M2.
Fauna M4 Fauna M4 (Fauna I, Orchard and Irwin, 1987), from collection C- 143101 contains poorly preserved Icriodus sp. , Palmatolepis sp. indet., Polygnathus sp. indet. and Palmatolepis cf. P. transitans Muller. The fauna provides an age range of transitans through Ancyrognathus triangularis zones. The collection was made from dolomite in karstic hollows on top of McDame Group at the McDame/Earn Group contact less than five kilometres south of the MIDWAY deposit.
Fauna M5 Fauna M5, recognized in collection C-103232, contains Ancyrodella gigas Youngquist, Ancyrodella aff. A. nodosa Ulrich & Bassler, Ancyrodella sp. indet., Palmatolepis aff. P. proversa Ziegler, Palmatolepis aff. P. winchelli (Stauffer), Palmatolepis sp. , Icriodus sp. , and Polygnathus sp. Fauna M5, indicative of punctata Zone and into Lower rhenana Zone, is just slightly younger than the McDame Group sample .(C-088250). The collection is from the Earn Group in Cry Lake map area (1041/16), southeast of Midway (figs. 2 & 3) .
Fauna M6 The following collections of Fauna M6 were made through a continuous 2.25 m section of strata from drill hole DDH 83-28 at Midway / 61 the MIDWAY property directly above the McDame/Earn group contact.
In stratigraphic order, bottom to top; C-157908, C-157907, C-
157906, C-157905, C-157909, C-118256, and C-157910 (table V & appendix B) . C-157929 collected from drill hole DDH 83-34 also represents fauna M6. The collections are dominated by Palmatolepis ex gr. glabra Ulrich & Bassler but, also includes Palmatolepis minuta Branson & Mehl, Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson & Mehl,
Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis Cooper, Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann, and Palmatolepis tenuipunctata
Sannemann. Fauna M6 represents the Upper crepida Zone.
Fauna M7
Fauna M7 of C-118253 is dominated by Palmatolepis ex gr. glabra, with P. minuta minuta, P. minuta loba, P. cf. P. regularis, P. subperlobata, P. quadrantinodosalobata, and P. klapperi. In addition, C-118253 contains two specimens of presumably reworked
Mesotaxis asymmetrica, of Frasnian age. M7 is indicative of the
Lower rhomboidea Zone. Collection C-118253 was collected immediately above C-157929 (Fauna M6) in drill hole DDH 83-34.
Faunas M8
Fauna M8, recognized in collections C-157939 and C-157924, is characterized by Palmatolepis glabra pectinata and P. cf. P. regularis. In addition, C-157939 contains P. g. acuta, P. g. prima, P. minuta minuta, and P. subperlobata. The collections provide an age of Upper crepida Zone through Lower rhomboidea Zone.
Both collections were from drill core material at the MIDWAY Midway / 62 property; collection C-157939 was from drill hole 41, C-157924 was from drill hole 31 (appendix B).
Fauna M9 C-157938 contains Palmatolepis aff. P. marginifera Helms and Palmatolepis glabra lepta. Fauna M9 is indicative of the marginifera Zone and represents the youngest Devonian Earn Group identified at Midway. The fauna was collected 50 cm above a collection of fauna M8 in drill hole 41 at the MIDWAY property.
Faunas M10 Collection C-157928 contains Palmatolepis minuta minuta, P. glabra acuta, P. g. pectinata, P. g. lepta. The age range for this fauna is Upper crepida Zone through Upper marginifera Zone. The collection also contains two specimens of presumably reworked Mesotaxis asymmetrica. The fauna spans the age range of Faunas M6, M7, M8, & M9. M10 was sampled from drill hole DDH 83-34 on the MIDWAY property. A further collection (C-153835), tentatively included here, contains Palmatolepis ssp., Palmatolepis perlobata aff. P. p. schindewolfi, Bispathodus sp. , and Polygnathus sp. This fauna and can only be dated as Famennian, no older than middle crepida Zone.
Fauna Mil Fauna Mil was described by Orchard and Irwin (1987, Fauna III) from the informal 2AC unit (Cordilleran Resources Ltd) in the Midway area and within outcrop of the EWEN and PERRY barites near the Midway / 63 MIDWAY property (fig. 11) . The fauna consists of early Lower Carboniferous (early to middle Tournaisian) Siphonodella, with species of Gnathodus, Polygnathus, Protognathodus, and Pseudopolygnathus.
C. GATAGA
The Gataga area, in this discussion, includes the following 1:250
000 scale map areas; Kechika 94L, Tuchodi Lakes 94K, and Ware 94F
(fig. 2 & 3) . A large number of conodont samples were collected in the Gataga area to establish a biostratigraphic framework for the stratiform barite and barite-lead-zinc deposits.
1. Geological Setting
The Kechika Basin is the southern extension of the late Proterozoic through mid-late Paleozoic Selwyn Basin in the Yukon (Gordey, in prep) (fig. 1) . This area is part of a complicated northwest trending fold and thrust belt in the western Rocky Mountains. The Gataga area is bordered on the west by the Rocky Mountain Trench dextral strike-slip fault system (Gabrielse, 1985) and on the east by late Proterozoic age siliciclastics (Taylor and Stott, 1973; McClay et al., 1988). Intensely faulted, folded, and cleaved Ordovician to Mississippian, fine-grained siliciclastic strata rocks of the Kechika Basin are underlain by autochthonous Late Proterozoic through Cambro-Ordovician platform to off-shelf siliciclastics and carbonates (McClay & Insley, 1986) . Strata Gataga / 64 range in age from Hadrynian through Mississippian (fig. 12) and are divided into four distinct tectonostratigraphic packages bounded by steep southwest-dipping, northeast-verging thrust faults. Within the Gataga area, Devonian lower Earn Group strata hosts several significant stratiform barite-lead-zinc deposits including DRIFTPILE, BEAR, SAINT (fig. 13), CIRQUE, ELF, FLUKE, KWADACHA, and ROUGH properties (Came & Cathro, 1982; Maclntyre, 1983; Jefferson et al, 1983; McClay et al., 1988).
Previous work in the Gataga area includes regional 1:250 000 scale reconnaissance mapping by Gabrielse (19 62) and Taylor and Stott (1973), and 1:50 000 mapping by Maclntyre (1982, 1983), McClay & Insley (1986), McClay et al. (1987). Detailed mapping of the Driftpile Creek deposit was done by Archer Cathro and Associates (Came & Cathro, 1982), additional 1:10 000 and 1:20 000 scale area mapping has also been completed (McClay & Insley, 1986; McClay et al., 1987; McClay, Insley, & Anderton, 1989). The detailed mapping and large scale mapping concentrated on the regional stratigraphy, structure, and sedimentology of the Earn Group. Particular attention was given to the stratiform barite-lead-zinc and barite deposits through detailed mapping and sampling. Conodont samples were collected in 1984, 1985, and 1986 from drill core and isolated surface outcrop by McClay et al. as part of their mapping project. Gataga / 65 2. Stratigraphy
The stratigraphic nomenclature in the Gataga area was developed by Gabrielse (1962), Taylor and Stott (1973), Fritz (1980) , and Maclntyre (1983). The most complete description of the Gataga area stratigraphy is by McClay et al. (1988). Due to the complexities within the fold and thrust belt, accurate thickness determinations for the Hadrynian through to Early Carboniferous strata are difficult. The following description of the Gataga area stratigraphy is after McClay and Insley (1986) and McClay et al (1987; 1988).
A thick package of Hadrynian age, fine to medium-grained siliciclastics with small pods of oolitic carbonate forms the cores of anticlines and the hanging wall panels of thrust sheets on the eastern margin of the Gataga fold-belt (Taylor and Stott, 1973). An unnamed, 1.1-2.0 kilometres thick, Lower to Middle Cambrian sequence of quartzite, dolomitic grit and shallow water carbonate overlies the Hadrynian strata in the eastern map-area (figs. 12 & 13). Conformably overlying the Lower to Middle Cambrian unit is the Kechika Group.
The Upper Cambrian through Ordovician Kechika Group is approximately 2 00 metres of thinly inter-bedded dolomitic siltstone, dolostone and phyllite, and calcareous phyllite with small intercalated limestone pods. Ordovician through Lower Devonian Road River Group strata conformably overlie the Kechika 66
GENERALIZED STRATIGRAPHIC SECTION GATAGA AREA
EARN GROUP UD barite or barite-lead-zinc mineralization
ROAD RIVER GROUP Ord - MD
KECHIKA GROUP u€ - ORD
CAMBRIAN
500 metres (approx.)
PROTEROZOIC
Figure 12. A generalized stratigraphic section in the Gataga Area, northern British Columbia (adapted from McClay, Insley, & Anderton, 1989). Gataga / 67 Group. The Road River Group around Gataga is approximately 2 00 metres thick. Graptolitic black shale, chert, and minor limestone form the lower Road River Group, whereas, resistant dolomitic siltstone and bioturbated siltstone with graptolites form the upper section. Above the Road River Group is the intensely folded and thrust faulted lower Earn Group sequence (McClay et al., 1987) (figs. 12 & 13). Conodonts from the Gataga area provide an Upper Devonian age for both the thin lower assemblage of thick-bedded, chert pebble conglomerate and chert grit, thin bedded laminated siltstone and silt banded shale, and the overlying thick (400 metres) black shale, cherty argillite, and chert. At Gataga this unit, informally called Gunsteel Formation to the south at the CIRQUE property (Jefferson et al., 1983), contains economically important barite and barite-lead-zinc mineralization. Mineralization zones within the Earn Group have been traced continuously along strike for 12 kilometres and at a regional scale semi-continuously for 50 kilometres.
McClay et al. (1988) reported that 70 metres of crinoidal grainstone, sandstone, and siltstone with abundant shell debris of Mississippian age was located in the footwall of the westernmost thrust fault in the Gataga area (fig. 13) . This is thought to represent the upper Earn Group (senso lato Gordey et al., 1982). 68
Figure 13. Generalized geological map of the Gataga Area with mineral exploration properties (modified from McClay, Insley, & Anderton, 1989). 69 Gataga / 70
3. Biostratigraphy
Within the Selwyn and Kechika Basins, the largest number of Late
Devonian conodont samples have been collected from the Gataga area
(fig. 3). The rock samples from drill cores and outcrop material
for conodont analysis were collected by K. R. McClay & M. Insley
in 1984, 1985, and 1986 as part of a combined structure,
sedimentology, and stratigraphy project in the Gataga region
(McClay et al., 1987; 1988; McClay & Insley, 1986), (appendix C).
In addition, six outcrop samples were collected southeast of the
Gataga area by D. Maclntyre in 1980 and 1981 (fig. 3, appendix C).
Approximate locations of collections and faunas are given relative to the nearest mineral property. Samples from individual black argillaceous limestone pods and calcareous shale and siltstone were collected from over very thin stratigraphic intervals. Of the 23 0 samples collected, 111 produced conodonts, of which 7 0 contained
Late Devonian conodonts (tables IV, VI-VII, appendix C) .
The Frasnian conodont collections from the Gataga region are scattered in isolated surface outcrops with limited stratigraphic context or continuity. No measured stratigraphic sections were identified for systematic conodont sampling. The collections made, however, provide important ages for basal Earn Group strata and for an unnamed limestone unit, south of Gataga, seen directly underlying the Earn Group. The conodonts within the Gataga area have a colour alteration index of 5. The proximity to mineralized horizons does not effect this value. Gataga / 71
Good stratigraphic control is, however, available for many of the
57 Famennian conodont collections from Gataga because they were recovered from sixteen carefully logged drill core sections. A large number of drill holes were made in the Gataga area to determine the subsurface geology and size of the stratiform barite and barite-lead-zinc deposits.
Fauna Gl
Fauna Gl in collection C-102874 consists of Klapperina disparilis
(Ziegler, Klapper & Johnson), Klapperina disparalvea (Orr &
Klapper), Klapperina disparata (Ziegler & Klapper), Mesotaxis falsiovalis Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, Mesotaxis dengleri
(Bischoff & Ziegler), "Polygnathus" cristatus Hinde, Polygnathus dubius Hinde (table 4 & appendix C). Fauna Gl is indicative of falsiovalis Zone into the punctata Zone. It was sampled from an unnamed limestone unit, possibly equivalent to the McDame Group at
Midway, 2 0 kilometres southeast along strike from the BEAR property
(Maclntyre, 1981) (fig. 13). The limestone unit here is overlain by black cherty argillite of the basal Earn Group.
Fauna G2
Collection C-102892 represents Fauna G2. It contains a single
Ancyrodella rotundiloba with an age range of late Early falsiovalis
Zone through punctata Zone. Ancyrodella rotundiloba was recovered from an unnamed bioclastic limestone unit, located 40 kilometres southeast along strike from the BEAR property. Gataga / 72 Fauna G3 Collection C-102891 and C-118543 contain the diagnostic species of Fauna G3. Fauna G3 is recognized by the co-occurrence of Klapperina ovalis Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck and Palmatolepis aff. P. transitans Muller. The age of Fauna G3 is transitans Zone through Upper asymmetricus Zone. Collection C-102891 also includes Mesotaxis asymmetrica (Bischoff & Ziegler), Mesotaxis falsiovalis (Ziegler & Klapper) Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, and several unidentified specimens of Polygnathus. C-102891 was sampled from a limestone bed in a section of black cherty argillite in the footwall of baritic zone on strike with KWADACHA barite deposit, about seventy kilometres southeast of the Gataga area. Collection C-118543 is from near the SAINT property (fig. 13).
Fauna G4 Fauna G4, collection C-102879, contains "Polygnathus" cf. "P". cristatus Hinde and several unidentified Polygnathus species, similar to polygnathids in the fauna G3. Fauna G4 was sampled from a limestone in black cherty argillite underlying a nodular bedded barite horizon forty kilometres south of the BEAR property. The age of the fauna is late Givetian through early Frasnian. Fauna G4 represents the intermediate water depth polygnathid biofacies.
Fauna G5
Fauna G5 is recognized in collection C-118902. It contains
Palmatolepis proversa Ziegler and Palmatolepis winchelli (Stauffer) which are relatively long ranging species. Fauna G5 is indicative Gataga / 73
of punctata Zone through Lower rhenana zones. The collection was made several kilometres west of the SAINT property (fig. 13).
Fauna G6
Fauna G6 is represented by collection C-118550. The collection
includes Palmatolepis winchelli, several unidentified Palmatolepis
and Polygnathus specimens, and Palmatolepis aff. P. minuta.
Palmatolepis winchelli provides a broad age range for Fauna G6 of
Upper asymmetricus Zone into Lower triangularis Zone. Palmatolepis
aff. P. minuta is similar to Palmatolepis sp. C (Orchard, 1988) which was described in strata near the Frasnian-Famennian boundary.
This collection was made adjacent to the SAINT property.
Fauna G7
Fauna G7 is recognized by the co-occurrence of Palmatolepis transitans Muller, P. domanicensis Ovnatanova, and P. punctata
(Hinde) in collections C-118537 and C-116673. Collection C-116673 also includes Palmatolepis winchelli, P. proversa, and Ancyrodella aff. A. lobata. Fauna G7 is constrained within the Ancyrognathus triangularis Zone. It is recognized in the vicinity of the ROUGH property, twenty north of the SAINT property (fig. 13).
Fauna G8
Collection C-116659 contains specimens of Palmatolepis winchelli,
Palmatolepis hassi Muller & Muller, Palmatolepis aff. P. proversa
Ziegler, Ancyrodella ioides Ziegler, and a large number of unidentified polygnathids and ramiform elements. Fauna G8 is Gataga / 74
indicative of the middle Ancyrognathus triangularis Zone through
Lower rhenana Zone. Fauna G8 was collected near the BEAR property
(fig. 13).
Fauna G9
Specimens of Palmatolepis winchelli and P. rhenana occur with P.
hassi and reworked Mesotaxis asymmetrica in collection C-118903.
This collection, indicative of the Lower rhenana Zone, was sampled
in the vicinity of the SAINT property.
Fauna G10
Collection C-118908 representing Fauna G10 contains several
specimens of Palmatolepis aff. P. rhenana and Palmatolepis aff. P.
winchelli which together signifies the rhenana Zone. The affinity
designation for the species is due to the adhering matrix on the
conodonts which obscures some detail. Fauna G10 was collected in
the area near the DRIFTPILE property (fig. 13).
Fauna Gil
C-116684 consists of Palmatolepis minuta minuta Branson & Mehl, P. quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann, P. subperlobata Branson & Mehl,
P. aff. P. glabra Ulrich & Bassler, P. cf. P. regularis Cooper, P. aff. P. tenuipunctata Sannemann, P. aff. P. triangularis Sannemann.
Fauna Gil, indicative of the Upper triangularis to Lower crepida zones, was collected near the SAINT property. Gataga / 75 Fauna G12 C-118892 includes Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann, Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann, Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann, Palmatolepis minuta subsp.indeterminate, Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis Cooper, and Palmatolepis wolskajae Ovnatanova, Palmatolepis perlobata subsp, Palmatolepis aff. P. delicatula clarki Ziegler, Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson Se Mehl, Palmatolepis tenuipunctata Sannemann, Palmatolepis sp., and Polygnathus sp. The age of Fauna G12 is Middle crepida Zone. This diverse fauna was collected three kilometres south of the DRIFTPILE property.
Fauna G13 C-118917 consists of Palmatolepis aff. P. glabra Ulrich Se Bassler, P. minuta aff. P. m. loba Branson S. Mehl, P. perlobata schindewolfi Muller, P. quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann, P. subperlobata Branson Se Mehl, and P. aff. P. minuta Branson Si Mehl. The age of fauna G13 is Middle crepida Zone and into Lower rhomboidea Zone. Fauna G13 was collected near the SAINT claims.
Fauna G14 Fauna G14 of collection C-118544 contains Palmatolepis minuta minuta Branson Se Mehl, P. subperlobata, P. quadrantinodosalobata, and P. q. morphotype 1 Sandberg Se Ziegler. This fauna represents the Upper crepida through Lower rhomboidea zones. This fauna was collected from carbonate associated with barite mineralization near the SAINT property. Gataga / 7 6 Fauna G15 The small collection C-116719 consists of Palmatolepis rhomboidea Sannemann and P. cf. P. subperlobata Branson & Mehl in collection C-116719. Fauna G15 is indicative of the Lower rhomboidea Zone was sampled from nodular limestone within barite-lead-zinc mineralization in drill hole 80-35. An occurrence of Palmatolepis rhomboidea has not been previously reported from western Canada.
Fauna G16
Collection C-116956 consists of a more diverse fauna including Palmatolepis ex gr. glabra Ulrich & Bassler species and P. quadrantinodosa aff. P. q. inflexoidea Ziegler. The only occurrence in the Earn Group of Palmatolepis stoppeli Sandberg & Ziegler is from this collection. P. stoppeli has a short range from the upper Upper rhomboidea Zone into the Lower marginifera Zone (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973) . Fauna G16 is confined to the upper Upper rhomboidea to lower Lower marginifera zones. G16 was sampled from below a barite horizon in drill hole 79-30.
Fauna G17 C-118880 contains Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann, P. aff. P. glabra, P. subperlobata, P. minuta minuta, and Polygnathus granulosus Branson & Mehl. The faunal age range is Upper triangularis Zone to Lower rhomboidea Zone. The collection was gather from outcrop several kilometres west of the SAINT property. Gataga / 77 Fauna G18 Seven collections (C-116969, C-116983, C-116990, C-116997, C- 117000, C-116695, C-116713) consist of only a few specimens of Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle and are loosely dated from middle Upper crepida Zone through middle Upper trachytera Zone. Fauna G18 has been recovered from several drill cores in the area Gataga area (appendix C).
Fauna G19 Fauna G19 is identified in collection C-116954 which consists of Palmatolepis glabra cf. P. g. prima Ziegler & Huddle, P. g. lepta morphotype 1, P. ?subperlobata, P. minuta subsp., P. g. pectinata. Fauna G19 is also recognized in three sparse collections (C-118540, C-116981, C-116715) which contain one or two specimens of Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler and collections C-116955 with P. ex gr. glabra, P. glabra lepta morphotype 1, and P. glabra aff. P. g. prima Ziegler & Huddle; C-116993 with P. aff. P. glabra and P. glabra pectinata; C-116912 with P. glabra cf. P. g. pectinata and P. aff. P. minuta subsp. Fauna G19, indicative of Upper crepida Zone through Upper marginifera Zone, has also been collected from drill core samples in the Gataga area.
Fauna G20
The diagnostic species of Fauna G20, Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera, is present in the following collections; C-118548, C-
118914, C-118915, C-116992, C-116909, C-116718, C-116722, C-116957.
In addition, other palmatolepids including P. glabra lepta, P. Gataga / 78 glabra pectinata, P. perlobata schindewolfi Muller, P. glabra distorta Branson & Mehl, P. glabra prima Ziegler & Huddle, and P. minuta minuta Branson & Mehl make-up fauna G2 0. Two collections, C-118889 and C-116698 have the same age but, do not contain Palmatolepis m. marginifera. Fauna G20 is indicative of the Lower and Upper marginifera zones.
Fauna G21
Collections C-116965, C-116991, and C-116994 consist of Palmatolepis glabra lepta, P. glabra distorta. In addition, C- 116965 and C-116991 contains P. marginifera marginifera. Fauna G21 is restricted to the Lower marginifera Zone through the Uppermost marginifera Zone. Fauna G21 is found stratigraphically above bedded barite and below barite-lead-zinc horizons.
Fauna G22 Fauna G2 2 is a composite indicative of Lower marginifera Zone for different reasons. The fauna occurs in six collections; C-118907, C-118884, C-116977, C-116669, C-116720, and C-116724. Collection C-116724 includes the only specimen of Palmatolepis klapperi Sandberg & Ziegler from Gataga. This particular fauna is restricted to the Lower marginifera Zone by the upper age limit of Palmatolepis klapperi Sandberg & Ziegler and the lower limit of P. glabra distorta. Similarly, P. quadrantinodosa inflexoidea Ziegler, which occurs in C-118884, C-116977, and C-116669, has an established range confined to the Lower marginifera Zone (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973). Furthermore, the co-occurrence of P. marginifera Gataga / 79 marginifera with P. quadrantinodosa inflexa, however, defines the lower age range for C-118907 & C-116720 as Lower marginifera Zone. Other species represented in fauna G22 include P. glabra lepta, P. glabra pectinata, P. glabra distorta, P. glabra prima, P. quadrantinodosa n.subsp. A, P. perlobata schindewolfi, and P. minuta minuta.
Fauna G23 Fauna G23, recognized in collections C-118547, C-116958, C-116980, C-116693, consists of Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis and the following species, P. glabra distorta, P. glabra pectinata, P. glabra prima, P. marginifera marginifera, P. glabra lepta. Fauna G23 is confined to the Upper marginifera Zone by the occurrence of Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1984) . This fauna has been recovered from below and barite and barite-lead-zinc horizons.
Fauna G24 Fauna G24, identified in collection C-116697, consists of Palmatolepis glabra distorta, P. glabra pectinata, P. glabra prima, P. marginifera marginifera, P. glabra lepta and a unique specimen of P. rugosa aff. P. r. trachytera Ziegler. Ziegler & Sandberg (1984) describe similar P. rugosa trachytera specimens as the zonal index for the trachytera Zone. Within this collection, however, the other subspecies are indicative of the Lower and Upper marginifera zones. Gataga / 80
Fauna G25
Fauna G25 is recognized in five collections; C-118539, C-118923,
C-118924, C-116914, C-116730. It is indicative of the lower part of the Upper marginifera Zone. Although G25 includes components of G22 and G23, fauna G25 is defined by the co-occurrence of
Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis with P. guadrantinodosa inflexoidea and/or P. guadrantinodosa inflexa. The co-occurrence is possible only if the species range for both Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa subspecies is extended into the lower Upper marginifera Zone. This extension of the age range for P. q. inflexa and P. q. inflexoidea effects neither the definition of, nor the range of Fauna G22. Since Fauna G22 does not contain specimens of P. marginifera utahensis it remains distinguishable from Fauna G25. Fauna G25 includes P. perlobata schindewolfi, P. glabra lepta, P. glabra pectinata, P. marginifera marginifera, P. glabra distorta, P. glabra prima, P. glabra acuta, P. minuta minuta, P. guadrantinodosa guadrantinodosa, P. guadrantinodosa n.subsp. A.
In addition to the 14 Famennian conodont faunas recognized at
Gataga, five collections have not been assigned a specific fauna due to insufficient faunal control. Collections C-116979 and C-
116907 contain Palmatolepis aff. P. glabra. Collections C-116972 and C-116974 contain Palmatolepis sp. indeterminate. Collection
C-116962 contains two Polygnathus sp. indeterminate. Synthesis / 81 D. SYNTHESIS
1. Macmillan Pass
Eighteen conodont faunas from the Macmillan Pass area range in age from Eifelian through Tournaisian, but are mostly Late Devonian. Eleven Frasnian faunas, MP1-MP11, contain conodonts indicative of the falsiovalis, transitans, punctata, Upper asymmetricus, Ancyrognathus triangularis, and rhenana zones. Famennian faunas, MP12-MP17, contain conodonts indicative of the Upper triangularis, Upper crepida, Lower rhomboidea, and marginifera zones (fig. 14). The youngest Earn Group fauna (MP18) in the Macmillan Pass area is Tournaisian age.
The ages of the JASON and TOM stratiform barite-lead-zinc properties and the CATHY, GHMS, PETE, GARY, and JEFF bedded barite properties in Macmillan Pass area are constrained by conodont faunas. The oldest Earn Group conodonts in the Macmillan Pass area occur within the CATHY barite deposit and provide an age for the mineralization of Eifelian to early Frasnian. Several faunas provide a maximum age for the bedded barite horizons at the GHMS property southeast of Macmillan Pass (Nahanni map area, 1051). Fauna MP2, indicative of late falsiovalis Zone through Upper asymmetricus Zone was collected from within 15 metres below the mineralization. Fauna MP3, collected from slightly above MP2 is indicative of the transitans Zone through Upper asymmetricus Zone. Fauna MP6, indicative of Upper asymmetricus Zone up to Lower Synthesis / 82 triangularis Zone, was collected immediately beneath the barite mineralization. The faunal age of MP6 constrains the age of barite mineralization at GHMS claims to no older than the Upper asymmetricus Zone. A minimum age for the mineralization is unavailable at present.
Faunas indicative of rhenana through linguiformis (MP10), rhenana (MP8), and Lower rhenana zones (MP9) were collected from Earn Group stratigraphically above JASON and TOM properties. Because of their stratigraphic position relative to the CATHY, the JASON and TOM mineralization is neither older than the CATHY barite, Eifelian through early Frasnian, nor younger than Lower rhenana Zone.
An oldest age for the PETE and GARY barites is provided by the overlapping age of faunas MP4 and MP5 collected from a limestone immediately below the barite and similar faunas recognized in collections from a limestone across the valley from PETE and GARY near the MOOSE property. Due to the rarity of limestone within the section and the equivalent age, this limestone bed is correlative with the limestone found directly below the PETE and GARY barites. Together these faunas represent the Lower rhenana Zone. At GARY a Lower rhenana fauna MP9, collected 25 metres above the barite, provides an upper limit to the age of mineralization. Fauna MP8, indicative of rhenana Zone, from within the JEFF barite horizon constrains the age of JEFF mineralization to the rhenana Zone. All of these barites are likely coeval within the Lower rhenana Zone. Conodont faunas with a range inclusive of the Middle 83
Figure 14. Ranges for Frasnian and Famennian faunas recognized in the Macmillan Pass, Midway, and Gataga areas with the revised international standard Late Devonian conodont zonation. After Ziegler, 1962, 1971; Klapper & Ziegler, 1979; Ziegler & Sandberg, 1984; Sandberg, Ziegler, Dreesen, & Butler, 1988; Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, 1989. Abbreviations: (Um) Uppermost, (U) Upper, (M) Middle, (L) Lower, (E) Early, (S) Schimdtognathus (P) Polygnathus, (K) Klapperina, (M) Mesotaxis, (A) Ancyrodella, (An) Ancyrognathus, (Pa) Palmatolepis, (Sc) Scaphignathus, (Ps) Psuedopolygnathus, (B) Bispathodus, (Pr) Protognathus. STANDARD CO LU CONODONT cr ZONATION MACMILLAN PASS MIDWAY GATAGA LU (PELAGIC co BIOFACIES)
praesulcata
expansa
postera MP17 G18
trachytera MP14 M9M10 G21 G24 G19G20 G23 I G25 Um MP15MP16 marginifera Q16 G22 -I < Z MP13 G13G14G15 ' G17 o rhomboidea > M6 | I UJ Q MP12 G12 tr UJ crepida G1 a. i J _ CL D
triangularis
MP6 MP10MP11 G6 Unguiformis MP8 G9G10
MP4MP5 MP7 I MP9 G5 G8 rhenana M4 M5 G7 An. triangularis M1 M2 II MP2 MP3 G3 G4 asymmetricus U M3 punctata MP1 G1 G2 transitans falsiovalis
disparilis
hermanni- cristatus 00 Synthesis / 85 triangularis Zone are not found at Macmillan Pass. Fauna MP12, the oldest Famennian fauna recognized at Macmillan Pass, is indicative of Upper triangularis Zone through Middle crepida Zone. The six Famennian faunas (MP12-MP17, fig. 14) at Macmillan Pass are stratigraphically above, and un-associated with stratiform barite or barite-lead-zinc mineralization. Fauna MP18 provides an age limit of Tournaisian for the TEA barite deposit in the Macmillan Pass area.
2. Midway
The conodonts in the Midway area range in age from Givetian? through Tournaisian. There are five relatively small Frasnian aged faunas (M1-M5), five Famennian faunas (M6-M10), and one Tournaisian fauna (Mil) (fig. 14). The most abundant conodonts in the Midway area are indicative of the Upper crepida Zone and/or Lower rhomboidea Zone.
Fauna Ml, collected in the Watson Lake map area (105A) , is a unique collection of a late Givetian through early Frasnian, relatively shallow water icriodid biofacies. Another shallow water biofacies including Ancyrodella, Icriodus, and Polygnathus species, indicative of the middle Early falsiovalis Zone through punctata Zone, is recognized in faunas M2 and M3 . These faunas were collected from the uppermost McDame Group south of the MIDWAY property in the Cry Lake map area (fig. 2, 104/1). The occurrence of non-palmatolepid biofacies suggests a relatively shallow marine Synthesis / 86 environment within this area during the early Frasnian. Fauna M5, indicative of the punctata Zone into Lower rhenana Zone, was collected from basal Earn Group also within the Cry Lake map area. This fauna contains shallower water Ancyrodella, Icriodus, and Polygnathus species in addition to some deeper water Palmatolepis species. The occurrence of middle Early falsiovalis Zone through punctata Zone faunas M2 and M3 (shallow biofacies) in the McDame Group and a punctata Zone into Lower rhenana Zone fauna M5 (deep biofacies)from the basal Earn Group suggests that the McDame Group was conformably overlain by the Earn Group in the Cry Lake map area during an early Frasnian transgressive deepening cycle.
In contrast, adjacent to the MIDWAY property (Jennings River map area, 1040; fig. 2) most of Frasnian time appears to be represented by a period of non-deposition and/or erosion of strata, as represented by the unconformity between the McDame and Earn groups (fig. 10). Fauna M4, dated as transitans Zone through Ancyrognathus triangularis Zone is the only Frasnian Earn Group fauna recognized at the MIDWAY property. M4 was collected from dolomitic siltstone within karstic hollows at the top of McDame Group carbonate. This fauna may represent a component of the insoluble residue left on the top of the McDame Group karst horizon, or an early pulse of Earn Group sedimentation on to this karst surface. The precise age of the youngest McDame Group is undated at Midway. Synthesis / 87 At Midway the upper McDame Group contain shallower water Amphipora, Thamnopora, Syringopora, stromatoporoids, cryptalagal laminates, and stromatolites whereas, the oldest Famennian conodonts recovered from the basal Earn Group belong to the offshore - basinal biofacies of Palmatolepis. This biofacies change indicates a dramatic increase in water depth around the Cassiar Platform in the MIDWAY property area between the largely Middle Devonian McDame Group deposition and Famennian Earn Group deposition.
The time interval from the Upper rhenana Zone through Middle crepida Zone is not represented by conodont faunas in the Midway area. The oldest Famennian fauna M6 at Midway is indicative of the Upper crepida Zone. The most common conodonts at the MIDWAY property occur in faunas M6-M10 and are indicative of Upper crepida Zone through Upper marginifera Zone (fig. 14) . These famennian faunas, collected from the Earn Group directly above the McDame/Earn Group contact, are characterized by abundant conodonts; which is indicative of either very slow rates of sedimentation, or of erosion and concentration as conodont lag deposits, or an extremely productive environment that was subjected to a kill.
Fauna M9, indicative of the marginifera Zone, includes the youngest Famennian conodonts recognized in the Earn Group at Midway. Another Famennian conodont collection (fauna M10) is poorly constrained to within the Upper crepida Zone through Uppermost marginifera Zone. The Famennian faunas at Midway are not associated with any sedimentary exhalative mineral deposits. The Synthesis / 88 youngest Earn Group fauna (Mil) in the Midway area provides an early through middle Tournaisian for the EWEN and PERRY barite mineralization.
3. Gataga
The 25 conodont faunas at Gataga range in age from the uppermost Givetian disparilis Zone through the middle Famennian Uppermost marginifera Zone. Ten Givetian-Frasnian faunas (G1-G10) and fifteen Famennian faunas (G11-G25) are recognized in the Gataga area (fig. 14) . The most abundant conodonts at Gataga are representative of the falsiovalis, Ancyrognathus triangularis, rhenana, crepida, rhomboidea, and marginifera zones. Both the deeper water and shallower water biofacies are represented in late Givetian and early Frasnian of the Gataga area. The shallower water fauna, consisting of Ancyrodella or polygnathids, indicates that water depth was less in the southernmost Gataga area during Givetian and early Frasnian time. However, middle to late Frasnian faunas recognized throughout the Gataga area belong to the offshore palmatolepid biofacies.
Fauna G3, indicative of early Frasnian transitans Zone through Upper asymmetricus Zone, was collected below bedded barite horizons at the KWADACHA property, less than seventy kilometres southeast of BEAR property. A second Late Givetian through early Frasnian fauna (G4) was sampled from below a nodular bedded barite horizon forty kilometres southeast of the BEAR property. The other Synthesis / 89 Frasnian faunas are not directly associated with the stratiform mineralization at the SAINT, DRIFTPILE, and BEAR properties.
Although fauna inclusive of the Middle triangularis Zone are not recognized, the rest of lower and middle Famennian time at Gataga is well represented by conodont faunas (fig. 14). Some of these faunas provide an accurate biostratigraphic framework for abundant stratiform barite and barite-lead-zinc mineralization in the area.
Faunas G14 (Upper crepida Zone through the Lower rhomboidea Zone) and G15 (Lower rhomboidea Zone) are the oldest Gataga fauna associated with stratiform mineralization. The former was collected at a barite horizon, whereas, the later fauna was identified from a sample within a barite-lead-zinc mineralized horizon in drill hole DDH 80-35.
Faunas G16 (upper part of the Upper rhomboidea Zone through lower marginifera Zone) and G19 (Upper crepida Zone through Upper marginifera Zone) were collected directly below a barite-lead-zinc horizon in drill core 79-30. In the same drill core and beneath another barite-lead-zinc horizon, a younger fauna G23 (Upper marginifera Zone) was identified structurally below fauna G16. Structural repetition by thrust faulting within this interval or an overturned sequence are the probable causes of the reversed conodont ages. The older age of Fauna G16 over the younger fauna G23 illustrates structural repetition occurs between the two mineralized horizons in drill hole DDH 79-3 0. The ages of the Synthesis / 90 faunas directly below the mineralized horizons overlap and may be correlative.
Collections of Fauna G18 occur above, below and within barite horizons. Unfortunately, the fauna is long ranging (Upper crepida Zone through Upper trachytera Zone) and only loosely constrain several mineral horizons. An Upper crepida Zone through Upper marginifera Zone fauna (G19) is recognized in four collections below barite and barite-lead-zinc mineralized horizons, and in one collection above barite mineralization.
One collection of fauna G20, indicative of the Lower to Upper marginifera Zone, was made below the barite-lead-zinc horizon in drill hole DDH 81-48. The fauna provides an age of Lower marginifera Zone or younger for the mineralization. Unfortunately, the relationship between mineralized horizons and nine other collections of Fauna G20 is unknown.
One collection of fauna G21, sampled from twenty metres above a barite-lead-zinc mineralized horizon in drill hole DDH 80-33, provides an upper age limit for this mineralization of undifferentiated marginifera Zone. Two other collections of Fauna G21 from drill hole DDM 79-11 and drill hole DDM 79-12, were collected below barite mineralization.
One collection of Fauna G22 (Lower marginifera Zone) recovered from a limestone within pyritic mineralization constrains the age of the Synthesis / 91 mineralization within the Lower marginifera Zone. Two other collections of G22, sampled from within a barite horizon and in the hanging wall to a pyritic mineralization horizon, date the barite mineralization and provide a minimum age for the pyrite. Two collections of fauna G23 (Upper marginifera Zone) were made below barite and barite-lead-zinc horizons in drill holes 81-47 and 79-
30. This fauna provides a maximum age of the Upper marginifera
Zone for the mineralized horizons. Fauna G24 provides an age for the pyritic mineralization associated with it in drill hole 80-37 as Upper to Uppermost marginifera Zone.
4. Selwyn and Kechika Basins Overview
Although the majority of conodont faunas in the region of the
Selwyn and Kechika Basins represent the offshore-basinal palmatolepid biofacies, some of the early Frasnian faunas from the, southern Midway and southern Gataga areas are indicative of shallower water biofacies. When the tectonic displacement along the Tintina fault system is restored, the southern Gataga area is located north of the Midway area during the Late Devonian (figs.
3 & 4). The occurrence of early Frasnian ancyrodellid, icriodid, and polygnathid shallow water biofacies southeast of the Midway and
Gataga regions suggests proximity to the southern edge of the
Selwyn and Kechika Basins (fig. 4).
Many of the fifty-two conodont faunas recognized within the Selwyn and Kechika Basins are demonstratably correlative (fig. 14). The Synthesis / 92 oldest Earn Group fauna (MP1), indicative of Eifelian to early Frasnian, occurs at Macmillan Pass but, is identified at neither Midway nor Gataga. Younger faunas (M3 & G1-G2) of both deeper and shallower water biofacies, indicative of the falsiovalis Zone through punctata Zone are the oldest seen in the Gataga and Midway areas. Slightly younger faunas (MP3, M2, & G3) indicative of the transitans through Upper asymmetricus zones occur in each area. Faunas MP3 & G3 occur below baritic horizons at both Gataga and Macmillan Pass. Other links between Gataga and Macmillan Pass occur as faunas MP7-MP9 and G7-G10 of the Ancyrognathus triangularis, rhenana and Lower rhenana zones. Faunas (MP5, M5, & G5) indicative of the punctata through Lower rhenana zones are recognized in all three areas.
Lower and Middle triangularis zones of the early Famennian are not represented within the Earn Group conodont faunas (fig. 14) . Furthermore, no conodont faunas indicative of the late Famennian postera, expansa, or praesulcata zones are yet recognized in the Earn Group. Lack of sedimentation, carbonate rock, inhospitable environments, and/or erosion are probably the cause of these hiatuses. Although early and middle Famennian conodont faunas are found in each area, the greatest number of these faunas occur in the Gataga area. At Gataga many of the fifteen faunas representing Upper triangularis Zone into Upper trachytera Zone are associated with the barite and barite-lead-zinc mineralization (fig. 14). Faunas confined to the Lower rhomboidea Zone occur at Macmillan Pass (MP13), Gataga (G12), and Midway (M7). The rare occurrence Synthesis / 93 of Palmatolepis rhomboidea at Gataga clearly delineates the oldest Famennian stratiform mineral event within the Selwyn and Kechika Basins. Although the conodont species are not identical, faunas indicative of the Upper crepida through Lower rhomboidea zones are recognized at Gataga (G14) and Midway (M8). A Macmillan Pass fauna (MP14), indicative of the marginifera Zone, correlates with faunas at Midway (M9) and Gataga (G21). Fauna G25 at Gataga, indicative of the lowest Upper marginifera Zone, is the same age as the Macmillan Pass fauna (MP16), although the conodont species are not identical. Within the early middle Famennian faunas at Midway (M6- M10) Palmatolepis glabra acuta Helms is more common than in similar age faunas at either Gataga (G14-G25) or Macmillan Pass (MP13- MP17). The abundance of Palmatolepis glabra acuta may reflect either environmental conditions, endemism or a specific time interval at Midway.
The stratiform barite mineralization discussed above occurs during the late Givetian and early Frasnian at Macmillan Pass and in the southernmost Gataga area. In addition to these, much younger stratiform barite deposits of early Carboniferous age have also been identified at Macmillan Pass and Midway. The Tournaisian fauna, MP18, was collected from above and below the TEA barite property near Macmillan Pass (fig. 9) (Dawson & Orchard, 1982). The EWEN and PERRY barites near Midway (fig. 11), dated as early to middle Tournaisian age by Orchard Se Irwin (1987) , are approximately coeval to the TEA barite. The conodont 'Hindeodella' Synthesis / 94 segaformis Bischoff is common to the Tournaisian faunas at Midway and Macmillan Pass.
IV. CONCLUSIONS
General
Late Devonian conodonts within the Selwyn and Kechika Basins provide a useful biostratigraphic framework for the Earn Group sedimentation and for the stratiform barite and barite-lead-zinc- silver deposits within it. Conodont faunal ages indicate that the widespread deposition of stratiform barite-lead-zinc and barite in the Selwyn and Kechika Basins occurred several times over a relatively short period of time.
In addition to providing precise age constraints on the stratiform mineralization, the Earn Group contains a more complete record of early to middle Frasnian and early to middle Famennian conodont faunas than previously described in western Canada. All the major
Late Devonian conodont taxa of the palmatolepid biofacies, are recognized in the Earn Group conodont faunas. Although the faunas are dominated by species and subspecies of basinal palmatolepid biofacies, some Frasnian faunas from Midway and Gataga are indicative of shallower water biofacies near the southern margin of the Selwyn and Kechika Basins. The stratigraphic distribution of Earn Group conodonts is demonstrably consistent, for the most part, with the international standard Late Devonian zonation. Conclusions / 95 Palmatolepis n.sp. A is described from a small fauna indicative of rhenana Zone through linguiformis Zone in the Macmillan Pass area. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa n.subsp. A was described in several collections indicative of the Lower marginifera through lowest Upper marginifera zones in the Gataga area. The appearance at Gataga and Macmillan Pass of Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexoidea, Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexa faunas of the Upper marginifera Zone provides a younger range for both subspecies than previously described. Here too, Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera occurs within the Upper marginifera Zone, which is an older range for the subspecies than previously reported.
Macmillan Pass
1) The majority of conodonts from the Earn Group at Macmillan Pass area range in the Early and Middle Frasnian transitans, punctata, Upper asymmetricus, Ancyrognathus triangularis, rhenana, linguiformis zones. Several middle Famennian conodont faunas from the Upper triangularis, crepida, rhomboidea, and marginifera zones are recognized. Upper Devonian conodont faunas younger than trachytera Zone or indicative of the Lower and Middle triangularis zones are not recognized in the Macmillan Pass area (figs. 14, 15). 96
Figure 15. Time-stratigraphic chart of the Macmillan Pass, Midway, and Gataga areas in the Selwyn and Kechika Basins. Black indicates the occurrence of conodont faunas restricted to a specific conodont zone. Stipple pattern represents conodont zones which are within the range of identified conodont faunas. Cross hatch pattern represents conodont zones where strata does not exist. White areas represent conodont zones that have not been identified thus far. Conodont zonal scheme after Ziegler, 1962, 1971; Klapper & Ziegler, 1979; Ziegler & Sandberg, 1984; Sandberg, Ziegler, Dreesen, & Butler, 1988; Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, 1989 (Devonian). 97
STANDARD CO LU MIDWAY SOUTHERN UJ CONODONT o ZONATION MACMILLAN MIDWAY CRY LAKE GATAGA GATAGA tr < PASS AREA PROPERTY LU H (PELAGIC AREA AREA AREA CO CO BIOFACIES)
praesulcata
expansa
postera
trachytera
Um LU marginifera U < z L < z o rhomboidea 1 > LU Q tr crepida LU CL CL 3
triangularis
linguiformis
< rhenana z
3) The age of stratiform barite-lead-zinc mineralization at the JASON and TOM is no older than the CATHY barite deposit, and older than the Upper rhenana Zone. Due to the stratigraphic position of the TOM and JASON deposits relative to the CATHY, PETE and GARY barites, they are probably within the Upper asymmetricus through Lower rhenana zones (fig. 16) . 99
Figure 16. Ages of conodont faunas associated with stratiform barite and barite-lead-zinc in the Macmillan Pass, Midway, and Gataga. The solid bars represent the time interval within which the conodont faunas range at the named locations; the age of the faunas may lie anywhere within the range of the bar. A closed bar indicates the fauna was collected within the mineral horizon; upward arrows indicate the fauna originated beneath; downward arrows indicate the fauna originated above a horizon; dashed bars represent uncertainty. Conodont zonal scheme after Ziegler, 1962, 1971; Klapper & Ziegler, 1979; Ziegler & Sandberg, 1984; Sandberg, Ziegler, Dreesen, & Butler, 1988; Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, 1989 (Devonian), Sandberg, 1979 (Tournaisian). 100
MACMILLAN PASS MIDWAY GATAGA
anchoralls co • latus D o typicus cc LU I LL CO crenulata z < o CD sandbergl Lt < duplicata
sulcata m praesulcata >• cc oc LU U a expansa M z L LU 5 U LU posters L CO
U N NI trachytera _l -1 Z CQ co m N « L **** < N _| N Z Um T A a CO CO S oo z CO A marginifera U I t I LU L 1 1 < N < LL •T I CO m ii z o rhomboidea > LU 1 Q t cr crepida LU CL CL 3 m
i o triangularis o (- CO m ca z LL >- tii LU < linguiformis o cc i < < LU o Z CD CL < < rhenana z a CO I i I < An. triangularis < 03 Lt LL asymmetricus U Ml punctata • A * transitans
Z falsiovalls < disparills LU > hermanni- CD cristatus Conclusions /101
Midway
1) Frasnian conodont faunas from the Earn Group in the MIDWAY
property area are indicative of the transitans, punctata, Upper
asymmetricus, and Ancyrognathus triangularis zones. Famennian
faunas at the MIDWAY property are indicative of the Upper
crepida, Lower rhomboidea, and marginifera zones. Upper
Devonian conodont faunas inclusive of the Lower rhenana through
Middle crepida zones, as well as, trachytera through
praesulcata zones are not found in the area (figs. 14, 15).
2) South of the MIDWAY property, in the Cry Lake map area, the McDame Group appears to be conformably overlain by Earn Group sediments of the transitans Zone through the Lower rhenana Zone. Shallow water Early Frasnian fauna are recognized in both the uppermost McDame Group and in the lowermost Earn Group. In contrast, at the MIDWAY property the McDame/Earn Group contact is distinct karst horizon and shallow water sediments of the McDame Group are directly overlain by mid Famennian Upper crepida through Lower rhomboidea Zone Earn Group sediments containing conodonts of the deep water biofacies (figs. 14, 15).
4) Early Carboniferous, Tournaisian age conodont faunas constrain stratiform mineralization at the PERRY and EWEN properties (fig. 16) . Conclusions /102
Gataga
1) Conodonts from the Gataga area are indicative of the Late Givetian, the Frasnian falsiovalis, transitans, punctata, Upper asymmetricus, Ancyrognathus triangularis, rhenana, linguiformis zones, and middle Famennian Upper triangularis, crepida, rhomboidea, marginifera, trachytera zones. Upper Devonian conodont faunas younger than trachytera Zone, or inclusive of
the Lower and Middle triangularis zones are not recognized in the Gataga area (figs. 14, 15).
2) Conodonts from the middle Givetian and early Frasnian transitans through Upper asymmetricus zones, occur below the oldest stratiform barite mineralization, including the KWADACHA, in the southernmost Gataga area of the Ware map area (fig. 15).
3) All the stratiform barite mineralization around the BEAR, SAINT, and DRIFTPILE properties is confined within the Famennian Upper crepida through marginifera zones by several Famennian conodont faunas (fig. 16). Barite mineralization is constrained by faunas indicative of the Lower marginifera Zone, the marginifera Zone, and may occur as early as Upper crepida or Lower rhomboidea zones. One barite interval is no older than the Upper marginifera Zone. Some barite horizons are loosely constrained by conodont faunas indicative of the Upper crepida through Upper trachytera zones or Upper crepida through Conclusions /103 Upper marginifera zones. Stratiform barite mineralization at Gataga therefore occurred during at least two distinct time intervals within the early and middle Famennian (fig. 16).
Stratiform barite-lead-zinc mineralization within the Gataga area is constrained by several Famennian conodont faunas. The oldest Famennian occurrence of barite-lead-zinc mineralization in the Selwyn and Kechika Basins is confined to the Lower rhomboidea Zone. A second barite-lead-zinc mineralization event is constrained by Lower marginifera Zone fauna. A third distinct interval is no older than the Upper marginifera Zone. In addition, several stratiform horizons are dated as no younger than marginifera Zone, and no older than the Lower marginifera Zone or Upper crepida Zone (fig. 16). 104 V. SYSTEMATIC CONODONT TAXONOMY
The systematic taxonomy of the following genera is in alphabetical order: Ancyrodella, Klapperina, Mesotaxis, Palmatolepis, and Polygnathus. Because of their limited application in Earn Group biostratigraphy, lanceolate polygnathids, icriodids, and polylophondontids are not included in the taxonomy. Terminology developed by Sweet (1981) to describe conodont elements has been used in the following descriptions. A generalized palmatolepid platform element is used to illustrate the orientation, morphology, and terminology of a platform conodont element (fig. 16). The given age ranges of species and subspecies were developed and/or listed by the following authors; Sandberg & Ziegler (1973, 1979), Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck (1989), Sweet (1988), Ziegler (1962, 1971, 1973, 1975, 1977), Klapper & Ziegler (1979), and Ziegler & Sandberg (1984). The synonymy lists include the original entry, the first use of the species or subspecies by another author, entries which contribute to the taxonomic description, and western North American occurrences. Within the occurrence section the number of specimens recovered from a particular area in the Selwyn and Kechika Basins is given in brackets, for example; Midway: (1) . Information distribution of the conodonts within the collections is available on tables III, IV, V, VI, and VII. 105
anterior
Figure 17. Standard orientation, morphology, and terminology of a typical Palmatolepis specimen. Systematic Taxonomy / 106 Genus Ancyrodella Ulrich & Bassler, 1926 Type species: Ancyrodella nodosa Ulrich & Bassler 192 6
Diagnosis: (original, Ulrich & Bassler, 1926) Similar to Polygnathus but the depressed lateral areas are drawn out at the wider end so as to give the whole plate an anchor-like outline.
Diagnosis: (revised, Ziegler, 1962; 1973) Platform conodonts having a more or less well differentiated triangular platform outline. As a rule, three, usually pointed lobes are developed, comprising the posterior end and two lateral lobes. The lobe may be broad or reduced. In some species, one or two additional posterior lobe• like expansions occur by constrictions at the margins of the plate. The free bade is always distinctly developed and extends as a carina over the platform to the posterior end. Two more or less distinct rows of nodes or secondary carinas run to the ends of the anterior lobes from the blade/carina junction. The lower surface bears a basal pit of variable size where the main keel and secondary keels meet.
Remarks: The important characteristic for species determination is the basal cavity outline and pattern of development of secondary keels and carinas.
Ancyrodella binodosa Uyeno, 19 67
1967 Ancyrodella rotundiloba binodosa n.subsp. Uyeno, p. 4, pi. 1, figs. 2, 4-5. 1968 Spathognathodus swanhillensis Pollock, p. 440-441, pi. 63, Systematic Taxonomy / 107 figs. 1, 2, 6. 1974 Ancyrodella rotundiloba binodosa Uyeno - Uyeno, p. 24-25, pi. 1, figs. 2, 4-6. 1981 Ancyrodella binodosa Uyeno - Bultynck & Jacobs, pi. 9, figs. 22-24. 1981 Ancyrodella rotundiloba binodosa Uyeno - Norris & Uyeno, p. 24, pi. 9, figs. 22-24. 198 6 Ancyrodella binodosa Uyeno - Garcia-Lopez, pi. 1, figs. 1- 3.
1987 Ancyrodella binodosa Uyeno - Garcia-Lopez, pi. 1, figs. 1- 3.
1989 Ancyrodella binodosa Uyeno - Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, p. 209-210, pi. l, figs, 1-2, text-fig. 2, fig. 1.
Diagnosis: (revised, Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, 1989) Ancyrodella binodosa is characterized by a thick platform with margins that are rounded to oval in upper view and in cross section. The large basal cavity is cruciform, or where the anterior arm of the cross is weakly developed, T-shaped. The upper surface ornamentation consists of two large nodes, one on either side of the platform, and in large specimens, a few to several incipient to small marginal nodes.
Occurrence: Ancyrodella binodosa occurs in the following areas: North America: Alberta and North West Territories. Europe: Spain, Morocco, and Germany. Systematic Taxonomy / 108
Ancyrodella aff. A. binodosa
PI. 1, figs. 6-7
Remarks: The specimens recovered from the Earn Group exhibit a
relatively large bulbous platform with two prominent nodes and a
broken posterior tip. The illustrated specimen has been strained
to some degree as to slightly distort the carina alignment and the
extent of the basal pit. It is possible, however, to see a series
of kinked growth lines on the lower surface of the illustrated
specimen. The kinked growth lines suggests rudimentary development
of a secondary keel, unlike previously described specimens
therefore the Earn Group specimens are designated as aff.
Occurrence: Ancyrodella aff. A. binodosa specimens occur in the
following areas:
Midway: (1).
Range: Ancyrodella binodosa ranges from middle Early falsiovalis
Zone into transitans Zone (Sandberg et al., 1989)
Ancyrodella curvata (Branson & Mehl, 1934)
1934 Ancyrognathus curvata n.sp. Branson & Mehl, p. 241, pi. 19, figs. 6, 11.
1958 Ancyrodella curvata (Branson & Mehl) - Ziegler, p. 40-41, pi. 11, fig. 5.
1966 Ancyrodella curvata (Branson & Mehl) - Anderson, p. 403, pi. 48, figs. 2, 4, 6, 9, 11, 13.
1966 Ancyrodella curvata (Branson & Mehl) - Glenister & Klapper, p. 798, pi. 86, figs. 13-15. Systematic Taxonomy / 109 1985 Ancyrodella curvata (Branson & Mehl) - Austin et al., pi. 4.6, figs. 2-3, 7. 1985 Ancyrodella curvata (Branson Se Mehl) - Ziegler Sc Wang, pi. 3, fig. 10.
1987 Ancyrodella curvata (Branson & Mehl) - Garcia-Lopez, p. 59- 60, pi. 3, figs. 11-13.
1988 Ancyrodella curvata (Branson Se Mehl) - Klapper, pi. 3, fig. 18-20.
Diagnosis: (revised, Glenister S. Klapper, 1966) A species of
Ancyrodella which in addition to the normal number of lobes, developed a strongly pronounced postero-lateral lobe. This extra lobe bears a secondary carina and keel.
Remarks: Glenister Se Klapper (1966) distinguish Ancyrodella lobata from Ancyrodella curvata on the basis that Ancyrodella lobata has a less pronounced postero-lateral lobe which lacks a secondary carina. The specimen from the Earn Group is fragmented but, the prominent lobe and secondary keel and carina are evident.
Occurrence: Ancyrodella curvata occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (1). North America: Missouri, Iowa. Europe: Germany, France, Britain, and Spain. Australia: Canning Basin. Asia: southern China.
Range: Upper asymmetricus Zone through Lower triangularis Zone
(Glenister St Klapper, 1966) . Systematic Taxonomy / 110 Ancyrodella gigas Youngquist, 1947 PI. 1, figs. 13-14
1947 Ancyrodella gigas n.sp. Youngquist, p. 96-97, pi. 25, fig. 23. 1958 Ancyrodella gigas Youngquist - Ziegler, p. 41-42, pi. 11, figs. 8, 10, 17. 1966 Ancyrodella gigas Youngquist - Anderson, p. 403, pi. 48, figs. 10, 14. 1974 Ancyrodella gigas Youngquist - Uyeno, p. 23-24, pi. 1, figs. 1, 8-9. 1979 Ancyrodella gigas Youngquist - Lane, Muller, & Ziegler, pi. 2, fig. 20. 1985 Ancyrodella gigas Youngquist - KLapper & Lane, p. 923, fig. 14.14, 14.15. 1985 Ancyrodella gigas Youngquist - Ziegler & Wang, pi. 3, fig. 10. 1988 Ancyrodella gigas Youngquist - Klapper & Lane, pi. 3, figs. 13, 17.
Diagnosis: (after description Uyeno, 1974) A species of Ancyrodella with a triangular platform of nearly symmetrical to somewhat irregular outline. Upper surface of the platform is ornamented with coarse nodes in a semicircular arrangement. Secondary keels are well developed, extending to the anterior end of the platform.
Remarks: Klapper & Lane (1985) describe Ancyrodella gigas as having a well developed, down-arched posterior lobe, which is set off by constrictions near the platform mid-length. They note that the literature concept of Ancyrodella gigas is relatively broad and includes specimens which do not exhibit the platform constrictions. The Earn Group specimens do not exhibit moderately developed Systematic Taxonomy / 111 constrictions.
Occurrence: Ancyrodella gigas occurs in the following ares: Macmillan Pass: (1), Midway: (1). North America: North West Territories, Alberta, and Iowa. Europe: Germany.
Asia: southern China,and Malaysia.
Range: from upper transitans Zone through Upper rhenana Zone (Ziegler, 1958, Sandberg et al., 1989).
Ancyrodella ioides Ziegler, 1958
1958 Ancyrodella ioides n.sp. Ziegler, p. 42-43, pi. 11, figs. 2-4, pi. 3, fig. 11.
1962 Ancyrodella ioides Ziegler - Ziegler, text-fig. 2. 1973 Ancyrodella ioides Ziegler - Ziegler, p. 23-24, An pi. 1, figs. 5-6.
Diagnosis: (original, Ziegler, 1958; translated by Ziegler, 1973) A species of the genus Ancyrodella with none or considerably reduced platform, a long high blade, and two lateral branches which are bent in the anterior direction and form an obtuse angle. Basal pit is large.
Remarks: This species occasionally has a small posterior platform which extends to the posterior tip. A few nodes may be present on the platform margins. Secondary keel extend towards the lateral lobes. Ancyrodella ioides is distinguished from other Ancyrodella Systematic Taxonomy / 112
species by the reduced platform. Ziegler (1973) notes that
Ancyrodella ioides evolved from Ancyrodella nodosa through the reduction of lobes and platform. The specimens recovered from the
Earn Group are small, possibly juvenile specimens.
Occurrence: Ancyrodella ioides occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (1), Gataga: (3). Europe: Germany.
Range: From upper part of Ancyrognathus triangularis Zone to top of Lower rhenana Zone (Ziegler, 1962).
Ancyrodella lobata Branson & Mehl, 1934
1934 Ancyrodella lobata n.sp. Branson & Mehl, p. 239-240, pi. 19, fig. 14, pi. 21, fig. 22. 1958 Ancyrodella lobata Branson & Mehl - Ziegler, p. 43, pi. 11, figs. 6, 9. 1966 Ancyrodella lobata Branson & Mehl - Anderson, p. 403, pi. 48, figs. 15-16. 1968 Ancyrodella lobata Branson & Mehl - Mound, p. 470-471, pi. 65, figs. 7-12. 1981 Ancyrodella lobata Branson & Mehl - Bultynck & Jacobs, p.24, pi. 9, fig. 13. 1985 Ancyrodella lobata Branson & Mehl - Klapper & Lane, p. 923, 925, figs. 14.12, 14.13, 14.16, 14.17. 1987 Ancyrodella lobata Branson & Mehl - Garcia-Lopez, p. 62-63, pi. 3, figs. 7-10, text-fig. 11.
Diagnosis: (revised, after Klapper & Lane, 1985) A species of Ancyrodella characterized by two secondary keels on the outer lobe. Systematic Taxonomy / 113
The keels are directed postero-laterally and antero-laterally•
Upper surface ornamented with medium to coarse nodes.
Occurrence: Ancyrodella lobata occurs in the following areas: North America: North West Territories, Iowa, Alberta, and Missouri. Europe: Germany, Spain, and Morocco.
Ancyrodella aff. A. lobata Branson & Mehl, 1934 PI. 1, figs. 3-4
Remarks: The small specimen from the Gataga area exhibits a pronounced antero-laterally directed platform extension with two secondary keels developed on the underside. The upper surface has a few well developed nodes. This small specimen is given an aff. designation because although it exhibits a characteristic anteriorly directed lobe, the upper surface ornamentation is nondiagnostic and precludes a positive distinction from Ancyrodella curvata.
Occurrence: Ancyrodella aff. A. lobata occurs in the following areas:
Gataga: (1).
Range: Ancyrodella lobata ranges from within transitans Zone into linguiformis Zone (Garcia-Lopez, 1987)
Ancyrodella nodosa Ulrich & Bassler, 1926 PI. 1, figs. 8, 10 Systematic Taxonomy / 114
1926 Ancyrodella nodosa n.sp. Ulrich & Bassler, p. 48, pi. 1, figs. 10-13.
1958 Ancyrodella nodosa Ulrich & Bassler - Ziegler, pi. 11, fig. 1. 1966 Ancyrodella nodosa Ulrich & Bassler - Glenister & Klapper, 798-799, pi. 86, figs. 5-12 (see synonymy). 1985 Ancyrodella nodosa Ulrich & Bassler - Klapper & Lane, p. 925-927, fig. 14.6, 14.7, 14.10, 14.11.
1988 Ancyrodella nodosa Ulrich & Bassler - Klapper & Lane, pi. 3, fig. 10.
1988 Ancyrodella nodosa Ulrich & Bassler - Orchard, pi. 1, fig. 5.
Diagnosis: (revised, Glenister & Klapper, 1966) A species of Ancyrodella having slender anterior lobes and a narrow posterior lobe. Large specimens have constrictions in the posterior margin distinctly set off the posterior lobe from the rest of the platform. Fully developed secondary keels and carina, located near the anterior margins of the anterior lobes, extend to the tips of these lobes.
Remarks: Small specimens of Ancyrodella nodosa do not exhibit platform constrictions noted by Klapper & Lane (1985) . Ancyrodella nodosa is distinguished from Ancyrodella ioides by the larger platform.
Occurrence: Ancyrodella nodosa occur in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (3), Midway: (1).
North America: Alberta and North West Territories. Systematic Taxonomy / 115
Europe: Germany. Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: from base of Ancyrognathus Zone into the linguiformis Zone (Glenister & Klapper, 1966).
Ancyrodella rotundiloba (Bryant, 1921) PI. 1, figs. 1-2
1921 Polygnathus rotundilobus n.sp. Bryant, p. 2 6-2 7, pi. 12, figs. 1-6. 1957 Ancyrodella rotundiloba (Bryant) - Bischoff & Ziegler, pi. 16, figs. 7, 10. 1958 Ancyrodella rotundiloba (Bryant) - Ziegler, p. 44-45, pi. 11, figs. 11-12. 1967 Ancyrodella rotundiloba (Bryant) - Muller & Clark, p. 908- 910, fig. 1. 1981 Ancyrodella rotundiloba rotundiloba (Bryant) - Bultynck & Jacobs, pi. 10, figs. 5, 8-9. 1982 Ancyrodella rotundiloba (Bryant) - Bultynck, pi. 1, figs. 9, 12. 1985 Ancyrodella rotundiloba rotundiloba (Bryant) - Bardashev & Ziegler, pi. 2, fig. 28. 1985 Ancyrodella rotundiloba (Bryant) - Ziegler & Wang, pi. 3, figs. 7-8, 12. 1989 Ancyrodella rotundiloba (Bryant) - Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, p. 212-213, pi. 2, figs. 5-6, 9-10, pi. 3, figs. 1-9, text-fig. 2, figs. 8-10.
Diagnosis: (revised, Sandberg et al, 1989) Ancyrodella rotundiloba is characterized by a broad, lanceolate to rounded, heart-shaped platform having numerous nodes, arranged randomly or in two or more rows, between the carina and platform margins. The large to small Systematic Taxonomy / 116 basal pit is one-third to one fifth or less of the platform width.
Remarks: Ancyrodella rotundiloba evolved from Ancyrodella soluta by eversion of the basal cavity to form a pit and by an increase in nodose surface ornamentation (Sandberg et al., 1989). Ancyrodella rotundiloba is distinguished from Ancyrodella alata by the less developed keels and by the presence of a small basal pit.
Occurrence: Ancyrodella rotundiloba occurs in the following areas: Gataga area: (1).
North America: New York and Michigan
Europe: Germany, Morocco, and France.
Asia: southern China and U.S.S.R.
Range: from late Early falsiovalis Zone through punctata Zone (Garcia-Lopez, 1987).
Genus Klapperina Lane, Muller, and Ziegler, 1979 Type species: Palmatolepis? disparalvea Orr & Klapper, 1968
Diagnosis: (original, Lane, Muller, & Ziegler, 1979) a genus having a large triangular or L-shaped basal cavity the margins of which are distinctly raised above its lower surface. A large, thin, coarsely-nodose, palmatolepid-like platform is developed. A central node is poorly developed or absent. Systematic Taxonomy / 117
Remarks: The large basal cavity differentiates Klapperina from
Palmatolepis. It is believed that Klapperina was derived from
Polygnathus cristatus and that the Polygnathus cristatus-Klapperina evolutionary line was parallel and quasi-contemporaneous with the
Polygnathus asymmetricus-Palmatolepis lineage. For this reason, and because of morphological differences, the new genus Klapperina was established. The lineage originated with Polygnathus cristatus and appears to have elapsed in the very early Late Devonian (Lane,
Muller, and Ziegler, 1979).
Klapperina disparalvea (Orr & Klapper, 19 68) PI. 2, figs. 3-4
1968 Palmatolepis? disparalvea n. sp. Orr & Klapper, p. 1071-1072, pi. 140, figs. 1-11. 1970 Palmatolepis? disparalvea Orr & Klapper - Kirchgasser, p. 344-345, pi. 63, fig. 1. 1973 Palmatolepis? disparalvea Orr & Klapper - Ziegler, p. 271- 272, Pa pi. 2, fig. 1. 197 6 Palmatolepis disparalvea Orr & Klapper - Ziegler, Klapper, & Johnson, p. 119, pi. 1, fig. 23. 1979 Klapperina disparalvea (Orr & Klapper) - Lane, Muller, & Ziegler, p. 218, pi. 2, figs. 17-18. 1979 Palmatodella? disparalvea Orr & Klapper - Uyeno, p. 247, pi. 2, figs. 8-9.
1981 Palmatolepis? disparalvea Orr & Klapper - Huddle, p. B25, pi. 6, figs. 1-7. 1982 Palmatolepis disparalvea Orr & Klapper - Ziegler & Klapper, p. 468-469.
1985 Palmatolepis disparalvea Orr & Klapper - Austin et al, pi. 4.5, figs. 1-2.
1985 Palmatolepis disparalvea Orr & Klapper - Bardashev & Ziegler, pi. 2, figs. 13-14. Systematic Taxonomy / 118 1985 Palmatolepis disparalvea Orr & Klapper - Ziegler & Wang, pi. 3, fig. 2.
Diagnosis: (original, Orr & Klapper, 1968) A species questionably assigned to Palmatolepis, which differs from all species of the genus by possessing a large basal cavity. The cavity consists of a narrow trough that extends along the main axis from near the posterior tip to about platform mid-length and turns there at right angle and bisects the outer lobe for a short distance.
Remarks: Klapperina disparalvea is characterized by an asymmetrical platform with a well differentiated outer lobe and asymmetrical basal pit. The upper surface is covered with coarse nodes. It is distinguished from Klapperina disparilis by the more pronounced outer lobe and basal pit. The platform is somewhat arched with the posterior tip arched downward. The azygous node is not well differentiated.
Occurrence: Klapperina disparalvea occurs in the following areas: Gataga: (13). North America: Indiana, New York, and North West Territories. Europe: Germany and Britain. Asia: Malaysia and southern China.
Range: From base of disparilis Zone through middle Early falsiovalis Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979; Sandberg et al., 1989). Systematic Taxonomy / 119 Klapperina disparata (Ziegler & Klapper, 1982)
1981 Polygnathus asymmetricus asymmetricus Bischoff & Ziegler - Huddle, pi. 8, figs. 2-3.
1981 Polygnathus asymmetricus ovalis Ziegler & Klapper - Huddle, pi. 14, figs. 1-4. 1982 Palmatolepis disparata n.sp. Ziegler & Klapper, p. 466-467, pi. 1, figs. 3-5, pi. 2, figs. 4-11.
1988 Klapperina disparata Ziegler & Klapper - Sweet, p. 104.
Diagnosis: (original, Ziegler & Klapper, 1982) Representative platform elements of Palmatolepis disparata have a small, asymmetrical pit that is located about at the centre of the platform and in the centre of the concentric growth lines. In most specimens the upper surface is covered by fine, densely spaced nodes.
Remarks: Klapperina disparata is distinguished from Klapperina disparilis and Klapperina disparalvea which have a larger, "re• shaped basal pit and Klapperina ovalis which has a more eccentrically located basal pit. Klapperina disparata is separated from Mesotaxis asymmetricus on the basis of its centrally located and larger basal pit. In Mesotaxis asymmetricus the pit is situated eccentrical from the centre of the growth lines( Ziegler & Klapper, 1982). Ziegler & Klapper (1982) suggest that Klapperina disparata is derived from "Polygnathus" cristatus through transitional forms which conforms to the lineage for Klapperina.
Occurrence: Klapperina disparata occurs in the following areas: Systematic Taxonomy / 12 0 Gataga: (1). North America: New York. Europe: Germany.
Range: From base of disparilis Zone through middle Early falsiovalis Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979; Sandberg et al., 1989).
Klapperina disparilis (Ziegler, Klapper, and Johnson, 1976) PI. 2, figs. 9-10
1958 Palmatolepis transitans Muller - Ziegler, pi. 2, fig. 2.
1970 Palmatolepis transitans Muller - Kirchgasser, pi. 63, fig. 8.
1976 Palmatolepis disparilis n. sp. Ziegler, Klapper, and Johnson, p. 119, pi. 1, figs. 18-22, 24-31.
1979 Klapperina disparilis (Ziegler, Klapper, and Johnson) - Lane, Muller, & Ziegler, p. 218. 1982 Palmatolepis disparilis Ziegler et al. - Ziegler Se Klapper, pi. 3, figs. 5, 7-15. 1985 Palmatolepis disparilis Ziegler et al. - Austin et al, pi. 4.5, figs. 3-4. 1985 Palmatolepis disparilis Ziegler et al. - Bardashev Se Ziegler, pi. 2, figs. 11-12. 1985 Palmatolepis disparilis Ziegler et al. - Hou et al, pi. 3, figs. la-b. 1985 Palmatolepis disparilis Ziegler et al. - Ziegler & Wang, pi. 2, fig. 20, pi. 3, figs. 1, 3-4. 1988 Klapperina disparilis (Ziegler et al.) - Sweet, p. 104, fig. 5.47.
Diagnosis: (original, Ziegler et al, 1976) Representative specimens of Palmatolepis disparilis have an oval to triangular shaped, and asymmetrical platform outline, but lack a well-differentiated outer Systematic Taxonomy / 121 lobe. In lower view, the "L"-shaped basal cavity is raised above the level of the lower surface.
Remarks: This species is closely related to Klapperina disparalvea in that both have a distinctive "Ii"-shaped basal cavity. Finer nodes cover the upper surface of Klapperina disparilis. The carina is straight and generally does not reach the posterior tip. The azygous node is indistinct. Ziegler & Klapper (1982) noted that Palmatolepis (=Klapperina) disparilis is derived from Polygnathus cristatus.
Occurrences: Klapperina disparilis occurs in the following areas: Gataga: (5). North America: Alberta Europe: Germany, Britain, and Morocco. Asia: U.S.S.R. and southern China.
Range: From base of disparilis Zone through middle early falsiovalis Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979; Sandberg et al., 1989).
Klapperina ovalis Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck PI. 2, figs. 7-8, PI. 3, figs. 1-6
1968 Polygnathus asymmetrica ovalis Ziegler & Klapper - Mound, p. 504, pi. 69, fig. 4.
1970 Polygnathus asymmetricus asymmetricus Bischoff & Ziegler - Seddon, pi 10, figs. 2a-b. 1981 Polygnathus asymmetricus unilabius n.subsp. Huddle, p. B26- 27, pi. 7, figs. 13-15, pi. 8, figs. 4, 8, 9, 11, 12, 14.
1982 Polygnathus asymmetricus ovalis Ziegler & Klapper - Ziegler Systematic Taxonomy / 122 & Klapper, p. 471. 1985 Polygnathus asymmetricus unilabius Huddle - Bardashev & Ziegler, pi. 2, figs. 18-19.
1986 Polygnathus unilabius Huddle - Bultynck, pi. 2, figs. 7, 10- 12.
1988 Mesotaxis ovalis (Ziegler & Klapper) - Klapper, p. 458,
1989 Klapperina ovalis n.sp. Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, p. 213.
Diagnosis: (original, Huddle, 1981) This subspecies is distinguished by the asymmetrical basal cavity extending laterally as a broad lobe or lip or the larger side of the platform.
Remarks: Klapperina ovalis has a large asymmetrical basal pit. The platform is a broad, slightly asymmetrical, ovate that is slightly arched. The illustrated specimens show a variable platform outline. The carina is straight. The upper surface ornamentation is variable from fine to coarse nodes. Ziegler & Klapper (1982) reassigned Polygnathus asymmetricus unilabius Huddle to Polygnathus asymmetricus ovalis Ziegler & Klapper (1964) because the holotype of P. a. ovalis has an asymmetrical basal pit. Klapper (1988) erected Mesotaxis ovalis (Ziegler & Klapper) from Polygnathus asymmetricus ovalis Ziegler & Klapper which was later transferred by Sandberg et al. (1989) to Klapperina ovalis.
Occurrence: Klapperina ovalis occurs in the following areas:
Macmillan Pass: (4), Gataga: (3 0).
North America: Alberta, Texas, and New York.
Europe: Germany and Morocco. Systematic Taxonomy / 123
Asia: U.S.S.R.
Range: From base of falsiovalis Zone through Upper asymmetricus
Zone (Huddle, 1981; Sandberg et al., 1989)
Mesotaxis Klapper & Philip, 1972
Type species: Polygnathus asymmetricus Bischoff & Ziegler
Diagnosis: (original, Klapper & Philip, 1972) a multielement
apparatus for Mesotaxis - consisting of six types of elements
including P, 0,, N, A,, A2, and A3. P skeletal element is polygnathan.
Remarks: The morphology of the N, A1, and 01 elements readily distinguishes Mesotaxis from Polygnathus and necessitates its recognition as a separate genus.
Mesotaxis asymmetrica (Bischoff & Ziegler) Klapper & Philip, 1972
PI. 2, figs. 1-2, 11-12
1957 Polygnathus dubia asymmetrica n.subsp. Bischoff & Ziegler, p. 88-89, pi. 16, figs. 18, 20-22, pi. 21, fig. 3.
1958 Polygnathus dubia asymmetrica Bischoff & Ziegler - Ziegler, pi. 1, figs. 4-6, 8, 10.
1964 Polygnathus asymmetrica asymmetrica Ziegler, Klapper, and Lindstrom, p. 42 3.
1966 Polygnathus asymmetrica asymmetrica (Bischoff & Ziegler) - Glenister & Klapper, p.828, pi. 88, fig. 6-7.
1968 Polygnathus asymmetricus asymmetricus (Bischoff & Ziegler) - Mound, pi. 68, figs. 8-9. Systematic Taxonomy / 124 1970 Polygnathus asymmetricus asymmetricus (Bischoff & Ziegler) - Kirchgasser, pi. 63, fig. 9. 1972 Mesotaxis asymmetrica asymmetrica (Bischoff & Ziegler) - Klapper & Philip, p. 100, pi. l, figs. 20-27. 1974 Polygnathus asymmetricus asymmetricus Bischoff & Ziegler - Uyeno, p. 37, pi. 3, figs. 1, 3, 4, 6. 1975 Mesotaxis asymmetrica asymmetrica (Bischoff & Ziegler) - Philip & McDonald, fig. 3.
1979 Polygnathus asymmetricus asymmetricus Bischoff & Ziegler - Lane, Muller, & Ziegler, pi. 2, fig. 15.
1981 Polygnathus asymmetricus asymmetricus Bischoff & Ziegler - Bultynck & Jacobs, pi. 7, fig. 17
1981 Polygnathus asymmetricus asymmetricus Bischoff St Ziegler - Huddle, p. B25-B26, pi. 7, figs. 19-22, pi. 8, figs. 1, 5- 7.
1982 Polygnathus asymmetricus asymmetricus Bischoff & Ziegler - Ziegler Sc Klapper, p. 469-471, pi. 1, figs. 7-8. 1985 Polygnathus asymmetricus asymmetricus Bischoff Ziegler - Austin et al., pi. 4.5, fig. 7. 1985 Polygnathus asymmetricus asymmetricus Bischoff St Ziegler - Bardashev & Ziegler, pi. 2, figs. 15-16. 1985 Polygnathus asymmetricus asymmetricus Bischoff St Ziegler - Hou et al., pi. 3, figs. 7a-b. 1985 Polygnathus asymmetricus Bischoff St Ziegler - Klapper St Lane, p. 934, fig. 17.2. 1985 Polygnathus asymmetricus asymmetricus Bischoff St Ziegler - Ziegler Si Wang, pi. 3, fig. 5. 1986 Polygnathus asymmetricus Bischoff St Ziegler - Bultynck, pi. 2, figs. 1-2. 1988 Mesotaxis asymmetrica (Bischoff Si Ziegler) Klapper Si Philip - Klapper, p. 458.
Diagnosis: (original, Ziegler Si Klapper, 1982) Specimens of Mesotaxis asymmetrica have an asymmetrical, oval shaped platform outline. The small pit is eccentric, located anterior of the Systematic Taxonomy / 125 central growth lines.The upper surface is covered with fine, densely packed nodes. The platform is arched with a straight inner margin and a rounded outer margin. The pit is in an anterior position in most specimens but nearly central in some.
Remarks: Mesotaxis asymmetrica is distinguished form other broad
platform elements like Klapperina ovalis and Mesotaxis species by
a small basal pit and the platform outline. The anterior margins
of the platform.
Occurrence: Mesotaxis asymmetrica occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (5), Midway: (4), Gataga: (24). North America: Alberta, North West Territories, and New York. Europe: Germany, Britain, and Morocco. Asia: U.S.S.R., Malaysia, and southern China. Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: From base of falsiovalis Zone through Upper asymmetricus Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979; Sweet, 1988; Sandberg et al., 1989).
Mesotaxis dengleri (Bischoff & Ziegler) Philip & McDonald
1956 Polygnathus dengleri n.sp. Bischoff & Ziegler, p. 87-88, pi. 15, figs. 14, 15, 17-24, pi. 16, figs. 1-4. 1967 Polygnathus dengleri Bischoff & Ziegler - Muller & Clark, p. 916, pi. 115, figs. 3a, b, 7a-c.
1970 Polygnathus dengleri Bischoff & Ziegler - Kirchgasser, p. 348-349, pi. 63, fig. 2, pi. 64, fig. 4, pi. 66, fig. 2. Systematic Taxonomy / 126 1975 Mesotaxis dengleri (Bischoff & Ziegler) - Philip & McDonald, fig. 2. 1985 Polygnathus dengleri Bischoff & Ziegler - Bardashev & Ziegler, pi. 2, fig. 17. 1985 Polygnathus dengleri Bischoff & Ziegler - Hou et al., pi. 3, figs. 5a-b.
1985 Polygnathus dengleri Bischoff & Ziegler - Ziegler & Wang, pi. 2, fig. 8, pi. 3, fig. 15.
1986 Polygnathus dengleri Bischoff & Ziegler - Bultynck, pi. 2, fig. 3.
1988 Polygnathus dengleri Bischoff & Ziegler - Klapper, pi. 3, fig. 9.
1988 Polygnathus aff. P. dengleri Bischoff & Ziegler - Klapper, pi. 3, figs. 7, 8.
1989 Mesotaxis? dengleri (Bischoff & Ziegler) - Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, p. 198.
Diagnosis: (revised Kirchgasser, 1970) The platform is narrow, oval-shaped, and symmetrical in outline, with a pointed posterior margin. The free blade is short and high. The ornamentation on the flat upper surface consists of weakly developed short transverse ridges along the platform margin. These ridge do not extend into the smooth weakly developed troughs that parallel the median carina.
Remarks: Mesotaxis? dengleri is similar to Mesotaxis asymmetrica but since the platform is much narrower with thicker upturned platform margins Mesotaxis? dengleri Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck (1989) questionably assigned it to the Mesotaxis genus. The basal cavity is anteriorly located and elongate. Huddle (1981) suggests a transition between several type of platforms in the Lower Systematic Taxonomy / 127 asymmetricus Zone with intermediate specimens difficult to speciate. Philip & Mcdonald (1975) identified a multielement
.assemblage for Mesotaxis dengleri (Bischoff Se Ziegler) made up of six elements.
Occurrence: Mesotaxis? dengleri occurs in the following areas: Gataga: (1) . North America: New York, Michigan, and Indiana. Europe: Britain, Germany, France, and Morocco. Asia: southern China and U.S.S.R. Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: from the base of the disparilis Zone into the punctata Zone (Sweet, 1988; Sandberg et al., 1989).
Mesotaxis falsiovalis (Ziegler & Klapper) Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck PI. 2, figs. 5-6, PI. 3, figs. 7-9
1958 Polygnathus dubia dubia Ziegler, pi. 1, figs. 1, 3a-b. 1964 Polygnathus asymmetrica ovalis Ziegler & Klapper, p. 422- 423.
1966 Polygnathus asymmetrica ovalis Ziegler & Klapper - Glenister & Klapper, p. 828, pi. 87, figs. 8-9.
1974 Polygnathus asymmetricus ovalis Ziegler & Klapper - Uyeno, p. 37, pi. 3, figs. 2, 5, 7, pi. 4, figs. 1, 3.
1975 Mesotaxis asymmetrica ovalis (Bischoff & Ziegler) - Philip & McDonald, fig. 4.
1979 Polygnathus asymmetricus ovalis Ziegler & Klapper - Lane, Muller, & Ziegler, pi. 2, fig. 19. Systematic Taxonomy / 128 1981 Polygnathus asymmetrica ovalis Ziegler & Klapper - Huddle, p. B26, pi. 7, figs. 23-26, pi. 8, figs. 10, 13, pi. 14, figs. 1-5, pi. 16, figs. 23-25. 1982 Polygnathus asymmetricus n.subsp. Ziegler & Klapper - Ziegler & Klapper, pi. 1, fig. 6. 1985 Polygnathus asymmetricus ovalis Ziegler & Klapper - Austin et al., pi. 4.5, fig. 7? 1985 Polygnathus asymmetrica ovalis Ziegler & Klapper - Hou et al., pi. 3, figs. 6a-b.
1985 Polygnathus asymmetricus ovalis Ziegler & Klapper - Ziegler & Wang, pi. 3, fig. 6.
1986 Polygnathus ovalis Ziegler & Klapper - Bultynck, pi. 2, figs. 4-6, 8, 9. 1988 Polygnathus asymmetricus ovalis Ziegler & Klapper - Irwin & Orchard, pi. 1, fig. 1.
1989 Mesotaxis falsiovalis n.sp. Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, p. 213.
Diagnosis: (original, Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, 1989) Specimens representing Mesotaxis falsiovalis are characterized by an oval-shaped sub-equal platform ornamented with small to medium- size nodes, covering the entire platform. The anterior platform margin meet the short free blade at roughly equal angles. A small symmetrical pit is located anterior of the growth centre.
Remarks: The upper platform surface of Earn Group specimens are ornamented with small nodes and the margins are covered with an fine reticulate pattern. This species is nearly identical in shape and ornamentation to Klapperina ovalis (Sandberg et al., 1989) which is distinguished by having an asymmetrical, more centrally located basal cavity. Narrow specimens of Mesotaxis falsiovalis closely resemble Mesotaxis? dengleri, from which M. falsiovalis Systematic Taxonomy / 129 apparently evolved and to which it is connected by many transitional specimens. Mesotaxis? dengleri is distinguished, however, by having unornamented, wide to narrow, adcarinal troughs that separate ornamented areas from the carina and by having a more elongate basal cavity (Sandberg, et al., 1989).
Occurrence: Mesotaxis falsiovalis occurs in the following areas: Gataga: (34).
North America: Alberta, New York. Europe: Germany, Morocco, and Britain. Australia: Canning Basin. Asia: Malaysia and southern China.
Range: From base of falsiovalis Zone into oldest part of Ancyrognathus triangularis Zone. (Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, 1989) . Genus Palmatolepis Ulrich and Bassler, 192 6 Type species: Palmatolepis perlobata Ulrich & Bassler, 1926
Diagnosis: (original, Ulrich & Bassler, 1926) Plate more or less irregularly palmate, the crest (carina) curved and bifurcating in its upper half so as to extend a division into each of the two main lobes and its lower end not extending beyond the narrowing lateral areas. Upper surface highly ornamented, usually with radially or otherwise arranged rows of minute tubercles. Under surface with concentric growth lines and low ridges corresponding to the bifurcated crest of the upper surface. Systematic Taxonomy / 13 0 Diagnosis: (revised, Ziegler, 1973) Asymmetric platform conodonts having a more or less large and arched plate, a free and fixed blade with carina, and a central (azygous) node. A keel is usually continuous from anterior to posterior end. Only some species have a developed basal pit as an extremely small slit in the keel. Upper ornamentation is variable in coarseness and density. Outer lateral lobe and secondary carina may be developed. Inner margin parapet is developed in phylogenetically younger species.
Remarks: Orr and Klapper (1968) termed the lateral lobe as the outer lobe. This position is based on the development from Mesotaxis asymmetrica, the ancestor of Palmatolepis. The lateral lobe of Palmatolepis developed from the outer asymmetrical half of the Mesotaxis asymmetrica platform.
Glenister & Klapper (1966) defined the most characteristic features of Palmatolepis as follows: 1) platform outline, 2) general aspects of upper surface sculpture, 3) position and character of outer lobe, 4) character of blade-carina, 5) position and character of parapet if present, 6) position of posterior end in lateral view. They did not regard the presence or absence of a secondary carina as significant.
Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann, 1955 PI. 5, fig. 1
1955 Palmatolepis crepida n.sp. Sannemann, pi. 6, fig. 21.
1956 Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann - Bischoff, pi. 8, figs. 31- 32, pi. 10, fig. 9. Systematic Taxonomy / 131 1959 Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann - Scott & Collinson, text fig. 4, fig. 5.
1962 Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann - Ziegler, pi. 6, figs. 12 - 19, text fig. 3.
1973 Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann - Sandberg & Ziegler, pi. 5, figs. 9-11. 1973 Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann - Ziegler, v. 1, p. 263-264, Pa pi. 3, figs. 5-6. 1979 Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann - Cygan, p. 195, pi. 3, fig. 4, pi. 5, figs. 1-3.
1979 Palmatolepis (Panderolepis) crepida Sannemann - Boogaard van den & Kuhry, p. 46, fig. 18. 1983 Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 8, fig. 14. 1985 Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann - Ziegler Se Wang, pi. 4, figs. 22-23. 1988 Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann - Orchard, pi. 3, fig. 14. (same specimen illustrated on plate 5, figure 1) 1989 Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann - Irwin St Orchard, pi. 1, fig. 7. (same specimen illustrated on plate 5, figure 1)
Diagnosis: (original, Sannemann, 1955) A species of Palmatolepis that is characterized by a drop-shaped outline.
Remarks: Ziegler (1962) stated that the species evolved from Palmatolepis triangularis through the significant or complete reduction of the outer lobe. Palmatolepis crepida is distinguished from Palmatolepis linguiformis by the posterior platform always being distinctly bent upwards. The carina posterior of the central node is poorly developed and reaches the posterior end in only a few specimens, whereas the posterior carina in Palmatolepis linguiformis is more strongly developed and reaches the posterior Systematic Taxonomy / 132 end. Ziegler (1962) also recognized that Palmatolepis crepida is connected to Palmatolepis termini through transitional forms.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis crepida occur in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (1), Gataga: (6), Midway (5). North America: Nevada, Texas.
Europe: Germany, Belgium, Italy, Poland, France.
Range: Within the crepida Zone and overlaps with the oldest occurrences of Palmatolepis rhomboidea (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973).
Palmatolepis delicatula Branson & Mehl, 1934
1934 Palmatolepis delicatula Branson & Mehl, p.237.
Diagnosis: (revised, Ziegler, 19 62) A small triangular species of Palmatolepis in which the upper surface is smooth to shagreen-like except at the margins in one subspecies. In most specimens, the outer margin of the platform meets the blade farther anteriorly than does the inner margin. The outer lobe is triangular. Blade/carina is straight to slightly sigmoidal. Posterior end in lateral view is weakly arched downward or upward.
Remarks: The three subspecies of Palmatolepis delicatula include; Palmatolepis delicatula delicatula, Palmatolepis delicatula clarki, and Palmatolepis delicatula protorhomboidea. Only Palmatolepis delicatula clarki is recognized within the Earn Group. Palmatolepis delicatula is believed to have evolved from Systematic Taxonomy / 13 3 Palmatolepis triangularis (Ziegler, 1973).
Palmatolepis delicatula clarki Ziegler, 1962
1962 Palmatolepis marginata clarki n.sp. Ziegler, pi. 2, figs. 20-27, text fig. 4b-c. 1966 Palmatolepis delicatula clarki Ziegler - Glenister & Klapper, pi.92, fig. 12. 1973 Palmatolepis delicatula clarki Ziegler - Ziegler, p. 269- 270, Pa pi. 3, fig. 4.
Diagnosis: (original, Ziegler, 1962) A subspecies of Palmatolepis delicatula with the following peculiarities: the inner margin of the platform meets the blade midway between the anterior edge of the blade and the central node. The outer lobe is more strongly pronounced and more pointed, the entire outer half of the platform is proportionally smaller than in Palmatolepis delicatula delicatula. The margins of the platform are mostly raised, always strengthened by ridges and nodes in the anterior half and often in the posterior half.
Remarks: Palmatolepis delicatula clarki is distinguished from P. rhomboidea by the form of build-up on the anterior inner platform. P. d. clarki shows a series of small nodes on its anterior inner platform margin whereas, P. rhomboidea exhibits an ramp or platform bulge. P. d. clarki differs from the nominate subspecies by a longer free blade and the proportionally smaller more angular outer lobe. While Palmatolepis delicatula clarki has strongly sculptured platform margins the nominate subspecies has a smooth or shagreen- Systematic Taxonomy / 13 4 like upper surface.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis delicatula clarki occurs in the following areas: Gataga: (6).
North America: Ohio and Utah.
Europe: Germany, Belgium, and Poland.
Australia: Canning Basin.
Range From lower limit of Middle triangularis Zone into Middle crepida Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979).
Palmatolepis domanicensis Ovnatanova, 1976
1968 Palmatolepis foliacea Youngquist - Pollock, pi. 61, fig. 20. 1976 Palmatolepis domanicensis Ovnatanova, p. 213-214, pi. 9, fig 1-2. 1988 Palmatolepis domanicensis Ovnatanova - Klapper, pi. 1, figs. 1-2. 1988 Palmatolepis domanicensis Ovnatanova - Klapper & Lane, pi. 2, fig. 21-23.
Diagnosis: (original description, Ovnatanova, 1976) Conodonts with hastate, downward curved platform. Outer edge of platform raised, practically parallel to carina, rounded lateral lobe barely indicated along inner edge. Posterior end platform pointed and drawn out downward. Free blade denticulate, 1/5 of the platform length. Carina straight, denticulate in front of principle node, while behind it the denticles weaken and the carina is expressed Systematic Taxonomy / 135 by a weak chain of nodes. Central node is sharply conical. Upper surface of platform uniformly sculptured in nodes that are grouped parallel to the edge of the platform in adult specimens. Below there is a carina (keel) and a broad apron.
Remarks: Palmatolepis domanicensis is distinguished from Palmatolepis transitans by the raised outer edge of the platform and the heavily narrowed and pointed posterior tip. It differs from Palmatolepis foliacea by the comparatively large platform with incipient lateral lobe and pointed posterior end (Ovnatanova, 1976). Klapper and Lane (1988) differentiated Palmatolepis aff. P. domanicensis with a smaller, narrower platform and a more distinctly differentiated outer lobe.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis domanicensis occurs in the following areas: Gataga: (5). North America: Alberta Europe: France, U.S.S.R.
Range: confined to the Ancyrognathus triangularis Zone (Ovnatanova,
1976).
Palmatolepis foliacea Youngquist, 1945 PI. 4, fig. 9 1945 Palmatolepis foliaceus n.sp Youngquist, p. 364-365, pi. 56, figs. 11-12. 1957 Palmatolepis foliacea Youngquist - Muller & Muller, pi. 140, figs. 6, 7, 9. Systematic Taxonomy / 136 1958 Palmatolepis foliacea Youngquist - Ziegler, pi. 7, figs. 8, 16. 1983 Palmatolepis foliacea Youngquist - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 4, fig. 1. 1988 Palmatolepis foliacea Youngquist - Klapper & Lane, pi. 2, figs. 18-20. 1988 Palmatolepis foliacea Youngquist - Orchard, pi. 1, figs. 15, 19, 22.
Diagnosis: (original, Youngquist, 1945) Plate narrow relative to length, thin, convex orally, moderately undulating on broad side, not as convex and only slightly undulating on narrow side. Surface relatively smooth but bears numerous small nodes. Carina originates as rough low ridge without distinct denticles near posterior end of plate, passes forward curving slightly toward broad portion to azygous node. Aboral surface of plate is essentially smooth, bearing only small escutcheon directly beneath azygous node.
Remarks: The specimens illustrated by Orchard (1988) have an inner geniculation point and an outer incipient lobe but lack the significant anterior platform bulge that characterizes some specimens of Polygnathus linguiformis. The illustrated specimen from the Earn Group exhibits a relatively straight carina, and an incipient outer lobe. The outer margins of the platform are slightly raised.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis foliacea occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass (12). Systematic Taxonomy / 137
North America: Iowa, Alberta.
Asia: southern China.
Europe: Germany.
Range: middle Ancyrognathus triangularis Zone through Lower rhenana
Zone possibly into linguiformis Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979;
Orchard, 1988).
Palmatolepis glabra Ulrich and Bassler, 1926
1879 Polygnathus serrata - Hinde, G.J., v. 35, p. 365, pi. 17, figs. 4-5 (nomen dubium) 192 6 Palmatolepis glabra - Ulrich & Bassler, v. 68, art. 12, p. 52, pi. 9, figs. 16-19 1963 Polygnathus serrata (Hinde) - Helms, p. 465-466, pi. 4, fig. 12. 1968 Palmatolepis glabra Ulrich & Bassler - Huddle, p. 29-31, pi. 14, figs. 25-26. 1977 Palmatolepis glabra Ulrich Se Bassler - Ziegler, p. 289-290.
Diagnosis: (original translated from Ziegler, 1960, 1962 by Ziegler, 1977; inner and outer reversed to comply with present usage) A species of Palmatolepis which is characterized by a long, slender platform. The upper surface is shagreen-like (appearance of rough suede leather) , an outer lobe is not developed. An inner parapet may be present. The blade is moderately sigmoidal and commonly does not reach the posterior tip.
Remarks: The species evolved from P. tenuipunctata through the reduction in the outer lobe and by the development of a parapet of Systematic Taxonomy / 138 variable morphology. P. klapperi is similar but has a much wider platform. Ziegler (1962) differentiated subspecies on the variations in the parapet morphology and the posterior carina. They are known to have different ranges and are of evolutionary and stratigraphic significance. The subspecies were first recognized by Glenister & Klapper (1966) in Australia, revised by Ziegler & Huddle (1969), and are now recognized around the world. For synonymies see the respective subspecies. Helms (1963), due to unsatisfactory preservation of Polygnathus serrata Hinde (1879), concluded that it was conspecific with Palmatolepis glabra Ulrich & Bassler. Because the specimen is embedded in the rock Helms was unable to determine the species, as a result, Polygnathus serrata is regarded as a nomen dubium (Glenister & Klapper, 1966).
Occurrence: Subspecies of Palmatolepis glabra are the most common Famennian conodont seen in the Earn Group. Subspecies including P. g. glabra, P. g. acuta, P. g. lepta, P. g. distorta, P. g. pectinata, and P. g. prima have been recovered from the Earn Group at Macmillan Pass, Midway, and Gataga.
Range: Conodont zonation: from the base of the Upper crepida Zone through the trachytera Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979) . Systematic Taxonomy / 139 Palmatolepis glabra glabra Ulrich & Bassler, 1926
1926 Palmatolepis glabra n.sp. Ulrich & Bassler, pi. 9, fig. 20 1934 Palmatolepis glabra glabra Ulrich & Bassler - Branson & Mehl, pi. 18, fig. 22. 1966 Palmatolepis glabra glabra Ulrich & Bassler - Winder, pi. 156, fig. 6. 1968 Palmatolepis glabra glabra Ulrich & Bassler - Huddle, p. 3 0- 31.
1975 Palmatolepis glabra glabra Ulrich & Bassler - Philip & McDonald, fig. 10.
1977 Palmatolepis glabra glabra Ulrich & Bassler - Ziegler, p. 291-292, Pa pi. 6, fig. 1.
Diagnosis: (revised, Ziegler, 1977) A subspecies of Palmatolepis glabra having a parapet with a straight anterior margin that joins the blade under a right angle. The inner parapet margin is parallel to the blade. The parapet may bear a weak bulge.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis glabra glabra occurs in the following areas: North America: Tennessee, Illinois, and Missouri.
Palmatolepis glabra aff. P. g. glabra Ulrich & Bassler, 1926 PI. 6, fig. 7
Remarks: Palmatolepis glabra aff. P. g. glabra appears more sigmoidal in outline and the parapet is a ramp shaped rather than a true crest. The platform appears to be slightly thinner than Palmatolepis glabra glabra. The inner parapet margin of Palmatolepis glabra aff. P. g. glabra is sub-parallel to the blade. Systematic Taxonomy / 140
Occurrence: Palmatolepis glabra aff. P. g. glabra occurs in the following areas:
Macmillan Pass: (10) , Midway (1).
Range: Range of Palmatolepis glabra glabra is not firmly determined, Lower rhomboidea Zone through Lower marginifera Zone
(Klapper & Ziegler, 1979).
Palmatolepis glabra acuta Helms, 1963 PI. 6, figs. 9, 14
1934 Palmatolepis glabra Ulrich & Bassler - Branson & Mehl, p. 233-234, pi. 18, fig. 22. 1959 Palmatolepis glabra Ulrich & Bassler - Scott & Collinson, text-fig. 3, alpha morphotype, epsilon morphotype, delta morphotype, pi. 76, p. 3, 4, 11, 12. 1960 Palmatolepis distorta Branson & Mehl - Clark & Becker, pi. 2, fig. 8. 1962 Palmatolepis glabra n. subsp. A Ziegler, pi.5, fig. 1-2.] 1963 Panderolepis serrata acuta n. subsp. Helms, p.468-469, pi.3, figs. 1-4, 6, text-fig. 2, fig. 23. 1976 Palmatolepis glabra acuta Helms - Druce, p. 154-155, pi. 53, fig. 4. 1977 Palmatolepis glabra acuta Helms - Ziegler, v. 3, p. 293 - 295, pi.6, figs. 2-3 (see synonymy) 1979 Palmatolepis glabra acuta Helms - Cygan, p. 199-200, pi. 10, fig. la-b.
Diagnosis: (original, Helms, 1963, translation, Ziegler, 1977) A large subspecies of P. serrata (Hinde) having a narrow platform and elongate posterior platform end. It has a thorn-like projection of the inner platform margin anteriorly directed with an acute Systematic Taxonomy / 141 angle to the blade. The-inner margin bears a high but short, comb• like crest that is diagonal with the blade, terminating anteriorward and does not reach the thorn-like projection.
Remarks: The acute angle between the parapet and the blade and the narrow elongate platform are characteristic of Palmatolepis glabra acuta. The parapet may be denticulate or sharp. Palmatolepis glabra acuta evolved from forms transitional with P. g. prima, P. g. prima morphotype 1, and P. g. lepta by developing the acute angle between the platform margin and blade. P. g. pectinata is similar to P. g. acuta in parapet development but lacks the acute angle. P. g. prima has a broader platform. Transitional forms between P. g. pectinata and P. g. acuta are noted in the literature and are evident within the Earn Group specimens. P. g. acuta within the Earn Group exhibits a variation in thorn-like projections from minor to strongly developed.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis glabra acuta occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (9), Midway: (23), Gataga: (3). North America: Missouri, Nevada, Texas, Illinois, and Ontario. Europe: Germany, Poland, and Italy. Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: From high in Upper crepida Zone into the Upper marginifera Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979). Systematic Taxonomy / 142 Palmatolepis glabra distorta Branson & Mehl, 1934 PI. 7, figs. 8-11, 17, 19
1934 Palmatolepis distorta n.sp. Branson & Mehl, pi. 18, fig. 13. 1934 Palmatolepis pectinifera n.sp. Huddle, pi. 9, figs. 6-7. 1962 Palmatolepis distorta Branson & Mehl - Ziegler, pi. 5, figs. 8-13. 1966 Palmatolepis distorta Branson & Mehl - Glenister & Klapper, pi. 89, fig. 8, pi. 91, fig. 2, 4. 1977 Palmatolepis glabra distorta Branson & Mehl - Ziegler, v. 3, p. 297-300, Pa. pi. 6., figs. 4-6 (see synonymy). 1979 Palmatolepis glabra distorta Branson & Mehl - Cygan, p. 200, pi. 5, fig. 7. 1979 Palmatolepis (Panderolepis?) distorta Branson & Mehl - Boogaard van den and Kuhry, p. 49-50, fig. 22.
Diagnosis: (revised, Ziegler, 1977) A subspecies of Palmatolepis glabra having a narrow, elongate strongly sigmoidal platform with a shagreen-like surface. The well developed, denticulate or sharp, inner parapet is parallel and close to the blade. The outer platform bears a strong bulge anterior to the central node.
Remarks: The principle diagnostic feature is the strong convex morphology of the outer platform with a steep drop off to the margin and the deep aboral trough. Small, possibly juvenile, specimens of Palmatolepis glabra distorta show a similar convex platform and steep marginal drop off. Palmatolepis glabra distorta is a common Palmatolepis glabra group subspecies within the Earn Group. Ziegler (1977) notes that Palmatolepis glabra distorta is derived from Palmatolepis glabra pectinata and is connected by a Systematic Taxonomy / 143 complete transitional series. Transitional forms are common in the Earn Group.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis glabra distorta occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (71), Gataga: (79) . North America: Missouri, Tennessee, Indiana, Texas. Europe: Germany, Poland, Austria, Italy, Yugoslavia, Belgium, Spain, France, and U.S.S.R. Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: From the base of the Lower marginifera Zone into the Lower trachytera Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979).
Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle, 19 69 PI. 7, figs. 7, 12, 13
1934 Palmatolepis glabra Ulrich & Bassler - Branson & Mehl, pi. 18, fig. 26.
1959 Palmatolepis glabra elongata Holmes - Helms, pi. 5, fig. 25, pi. 2, fig. 12. 1960 Palmatolepis glabra elongata Holmes - Ziegler, pi. 1, fig. 10 (holotype) 19 62 Palmatolepis glabra elongata Ulrich & Bassler - Ziegler, pi. 5, figs. 6-7 (fig. 6 copy of holotype) 1966 Palmatolepis glabra elongata Holmes - Glenister & Klapper, p. 811, 814, pi. 95, fig. 1. 1973 Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle - Sandberg & Ziegler, pi. 2, fig. 3, 16. 1976 Palmatolepis glabra acuta Helms - Druce, pi. 52, fig. 3, pi. 53, fig. 4. Systematic Taxonomy / 144 1977 Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle - Ziegler, p. 301-303, Pa. pi. 7, figs. 1-3 (see synonymy). 1979 Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle - Cygan, p. 201- 202, pi. 3, figs. 6-7, pi. 5, figs. 8-9.
1979 Palmatolepis (Panderolepis) glabra group Ulrich & Bassler - Boogaard van den & Kuhry, p. 46-48, fig. 21. 1989 Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle - Irwin & Orchard, pi. 1, fig. 5.
Diagnosis: (original, Ziegler & Huddle, 1969) A subspecies of
Palmatolepis glabra having an extremely slender, elongate platform
with a triangular inner parapet that is bowed upward.
Remarks: Palmatolepis glabra lepta is believed to have evolved from Palmatolepis glabra prima by the bowing up of the flat platform into a triangular parapet (Ziegler, 1977). The holotype of P. g. elongata Holmes, 1928 is missing part of its platform and can not be excluded as P. g. prima. As a result Ziegler & Huddle (1969) established P. g. lepta for P. g. elongata sensu Ziegler (1962) . P. g. lepta is the most common P. g. subspecies within the middle Famennian Earn Group samples. Within the Earn Group the typical P. g. lepta Ziegler & Huddle co-occurs with two variants, morphotype 1 and morphotype 2 (see below for descriptions).
Palmatolepis glabra lepta morphotype 1 PI. 7, figs. 2, 3, 5
This morphotype shows a similar narrow, elongate platform as for the typical form. The distinction is made with the triangular parapet; the morphotype 1 parapet area is not raised above the Systematic Taxonomy / 145 plane of the platform, the size is intermediate between the typical form and morphotype 2.
Palmatolepis glabra lepta morphotype 2
PI. 7, figs. 1, 4, 6
This morphotype has a very narrow and elongate platform, a prominent azygous node in line with a denticulate carina, and there is no development of an inner anterior platform or parapet.
Morphotype 2 is consistently smaller in size than the typical form
P. g. lepta or morphotype 1.
Due to the co-occurrence of the typical P. g. lepta with the morphotypes in some samples it is possible that the morphotypes represent a ontogenetic growth series thus: P. g. lepta morphotype 2 -> P. g. lepta morphotype 1 -> Palmatolepis glabra lepta. The individual range of the morphotypes is within the total range of Palmatolepis glabra lepta.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis glabra lepta occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (57), Midway: (55), Gataga: (206). North America; Missouri, Texas, Nevada, Tennessee, Alabama, Ontario. Europe: Germany, Poland, Italy, Belgium, U.S.S.R. Australia: Canning Basin. Systematic Taxonomy / 146 Range: Upper crepida Zone through Upper trachytera Zone (Ziegler & Sandberg, 1984).
Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler, 1962 PI. 7, figs. 14, 15, 20-21
1941 Palmatolepis sp. Branson & Mehl, pi. 7, fig. 11. 1955 Palmatolepis glabra Ulrich & Bassler - Sannemann, pi. 24, fig. 7.
1959 Palmatolepis glabra Ulrich & Bassler - Scott & Collinson, pi. 75, figs. 10, 18, 20, pi. 76, figs. 1-4, 7, 10-14. 1960 Palmatolepis distorta Branson & Mehl - Clark & Becker, pi. 2, fig. 7.
1962 Palmatolepis glabra pectinata n.sp. Ziegler, pi. 2, figs. 3-5.
1966 Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler - Glenister & Klapper, pi. 89, figs. 1-3, 5, 9, 10, pi. 90, figs. 4-5, pi. 91, figs. 1, 3, 5.
1966 Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler - Winder, pi. 156, fig. 5.
1973 Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler - Sandberg & Ziegler, pi. 2, fig. 29. 1977 Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler - Ziegler, v. 3, p. 305-307, Pa. pi. 6, figs. 7-11 (see synonymy). 1979 Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler - Cygan, p. 202-204, pi. 5, figs. 10-11, 15.
Diagnosis: (original, Ziegler, 1962, translated, Ziegler, 1977) A subspecies of Palmatolepis glabra having the following peculiarities: The margin of the inner platform begins abruptly at the mid-third of the total length with its anterior rim vertical to the blade; it runs almost straight towards the posterior end. The inner anterior of the platform is fortified by a sharp crest Systematic Taxonomy / 147 parapet which may also be denticulate. This crest is as high as the carina in side view; it terminates immediately directly anterior of the central node.
Remarks: The parapet of Palmatolepis glabra pectinata lies closer to the blade, is generally longer than Palmatolepis g. prima, and is commonly denticulate. Palmatolepis g. pectinata is similar to Palmatolepis glabra glabra, but is distinguished by the parapet which for P. g. glabra is a moderate bulge at a greater distance from the blade (Ziegler, 1977). Palmatolepis g. pectinata is closely related to its descendant Palmatolepis g. distorta through parapet development. The latter, however, has a strongly convex outer platform with a steep drop off and a deep trough on the aboral surface. The outer platform of Palmatolepis glabra pectinata is thin and flat.
The P. g. pectinata from the Selwyn-Kechika Basins are commonly seen as a transitional series with P. g. distorta. The major distinction between these subspecies being the flattened platform and less sigmoidal platform outline for P. g. pectinata and the convex and sigmoidal platform for P. g. distorta. P. g. pectinata varies in size significantly but, maintains the subspecific characteristics at each stage.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis glabra pectinata occur in the following areas:
Macmillan Pass: (62), Midway: (64), Gataga: (183). Systematic Taxonomy / 148
North America: Nevada Europe: Germany, Poland, Italy, Spain, and Belgium. Australia: Canning Basin and Bonaparte Gulf Basin.
Range: From high in the Upper crepida Zone through Upper marginifera Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979).
Palmatolepis glabra aff. P. g. pectinata
PI. 7, fig. 18
Remarks: Palmatolepis glabra aff. P. g. pectinata exhibits a wide robust platform atypical of Palmatolepis glabra pectinata. The overall width/length ratio is reduced in this form. Palmatolepis glabra aff. P. g. pectinata specimens occur in faunas containing typical forms of Palmatolepis glabra pectinata and Palmatolepis glabra distorta.
Palmatolepis glabra pectinata morphotype 1 Sandberg & Ziegler PI. 7, fig. 16 1973 Palmatolepis glabra pectinata morphotype 1 Sandberg & Ziegler, pi. 2, figs. 4, 12-15, pi. 5, fig. 14.
Description: (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973) This morphotype has a high short parapet that probably evolved within the P. glabra lineage from forms transitional between P. g. prima and P. g. lepta. Many early specimens have a parapet that is composed of a large rounded node that rises high above the blade. Stratigraphically younger Systematic Taxonomy / 149 specimens have a parapet, angular in side view, formed from a single node. P. g. pectinata morphotype 1 specimens from the Earn
Group are uncommon but, characterized by a very short parapet, rather than a single identifiable node. In this respect, the parapet of morphotype 1 specimens appear to be transitional with
P. g. pectinata. The flat platform diagnostic of P. g. pectinata is maintained in this morphotype.
P. g. pectinata morphotype 1 accompanies P. g. pectinata through to the upper part of the Upper rhomboidea Zone.
Occurrence: P. g. pectinata morphotype 1 occurs in the following areas:
Macmillan Pass: (23)
North America: Nevada
Palmatolepis glabra prima Ziegler & Huddle, 19 69
PI. 8, fig. 14
1934 Palmatolepis glabra Ulrich & Bassler - Branson & Mehl, pi. 18, fig. 9.
1962 Palmatolepis glabra glabra Ulrich & Bassler - Ziegler, pi. 1, figs. 11-13, pi. 4, figs. 14-15.
1969 Palmatolepis glabra prima n. subsp. Ziegler & Huddle, p. 379-380 (holotype selected from Ziegler, 1962, fig. 14)
197 3 Palmatolepis glabra prima Ulrich & Bassler - Sandberg & Ziegler, pi.2, figs. 1, 7.
1973 Palmatolepis glabra prima Ulrich & Bassler Morphotype 1 - Sandberg & Ziegler, pi.2, figs. 2, 8-10.
1973 Palmatolepis glabra prima Ulrich & Bassler Morphotype 2 - Sandberg & Ziegler, pi.2, fig. 11. Systematic Taxonomy / 150 1977 Palmatolepis glabra prima Ziegler & Huddle - Ziegler, v. 3, p. 309-312, Pa. pi. 7, figs. 4-7 (see synonymy) 1979 Palmatolepis glabra prima Ziegler & Huddle - Cygan, p. 204- 205, pi. 5, figs. 5-6. 1979 Palmatolepis (Palmatolepis) glabra prima Ziegler & Huddle - Boogaard van den & Kuhry, p. 46-48, fig. 19.
Diagnosis: (original, Ziegler & Huddle, 1969) A subspecies of Palmatolepis glabra having anteriorly a rounded convex, inner platform margin parapet. This parapet is generally in the same plane as the outer platform margin, may, be oblique to this.
Remarks: This subspecies evolved from P. tenuipunctata by reducing the outer lobe. Transitional forms are recognized between P. g. prima and P. tenuipunctata.
Occurrences: Palmatolepis glabra prima occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (13), Midway: (26), Gataga: (21). North America: Illinois, Missouri, Nevada, Tennessee, Texas, and Alabama.
Europe: Germany, Poland, Belgium, Spain, and Italy.
Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: From the base of Upper crepida Zone as high as Upper marginifera Zone (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973).
Palmatolepis gracilis Branson & Mehl, 1934
1934 Palmatolepis gracilis n.sp. Branson & Mehl, p. 238, pi. 18, figs. 2, 5, 8. Systematic Taxonomy / 151 Diagnosis (original, Branson & Mehl, 1934) This is a representative of Palmatolepis with a remarkably reduced plate. As a rule the plate is developed only as narrow margins paralleling the carina. The plate is widest anteriorly and tapers to the posterior end. The outer margin of the plate is regularly convex in the front, straightening towards the rear.
Diagnosis: (revised, Sandberg Se Ziegler, 1979) Palmatolepis gracilis is a species of Palmatolepis characterized by a relatively narrow platform that appears to be smooth under an optical microscope and a keel that is strongly deflected laterally beneath the central node.
Remarks: Palmatolepis gracilis is related to Palmatolepis minuta through the further reduction of the platform. It is distinguished from Palmatolepis minuta by the strongly deflected keel. Sandberg & Ziegler (1979) consider the keel an important phylogenetic development after evolution from Palmatolepis minuta. The four subspecies of Palmatolepis gracilis include; Palmatolepis gracilis gracilis, Palmatolepis gracilis manca, Palmatolepis gracilis sigmoidalis, and Palmatolepis gracilis gonioclymeniae. Only Palmatolepis gracilis subsp. indeterminate and Palmatolepis gracilis gracilis have been identified within the Earn Group collections.
Palmatolepis gracilis gracilis Branson Se Mehl, 1934
1955 Palmatolepis gracilis gracilis Branson Se Mehl - Sannemann, pi. 24, fig. 15. Systematic Taxonomy / 152 1962 Palmatolepis gracilis gracilis Branson & Mehl - Mehl & Ziegler, pi. 1, figs. 1-2. 19 66 Palmatolepis gracilis gracilis Branson & Mehl - Glenister & Klapper, pi. 90, fig. 6. 1977 Palmatolepis gracilis gracilis Branson & Mehl - Ziegler, p. 316-317, Pa. pi. 7, figs. 8-10. 1979 Palmatolepis gracilis gracilis Branson & Mehl - Sandberg & Ziegler,
Diagnosis: (revised, Sandberg & Ziegler, 1979) The nominate subspecies is characterized by a relatively short, narrow platform, the anterior margins of which generally terminate at about mid- length of the blade and by a high carina. The margins of the upper surface of the platform form a raised rounded rim.
Remarks: The nominate subspecies shows considerable variation in
size of the platform and the length and width (Ziegler, 1977).
Occurrence: Palmatolepis gracilis gracilis occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (5) . North America: Missouri, Texas, Illinois, Wyoming, and Nevada. Europe: Germany, U.S.S.R., Poland, Austria, Italy, Bulgaria, Yugoslavia, Spain, and Great Britain. Australia: Canning Basin and Bonaparte Gulf Basin.
Range: From Upper rhomboidea Zone through praesulcata Zone (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1979). Systematic Taxonomy / 153 Palmatolepis hassi Muller & Muller, 1957
1957 Palmatolepis hassi n.sp. Muller & Muller, pi. 139, fig. 2, pi. 140, fig. 2-4. 1958 Palmatolepis hassi Muller & Muller - Ziegler, pi. 7, figs. 3-7, 10, 13. 1962 Palmatolepis hassi Muller & Muller - Ziegler, text-fig. 8. 1968 Palmatolepis gigas Miller & Youngquist - Mound, pi. 68, figs. 3, 6. 1975 Palmatolepis hassi Muller & Muller - Philip & McDonald, fig. 6. 1983 Palmatolepis hassi Muller & Muller - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 4, fig. 7. 1986 Palmatolepis hassi Muller & Muller - Klapper & Foster, Jr. , pi. 1, fig. 12, pi. 2, fig. 14.
1988 Palmatolepis hassi Muller & Muller - Klapper, pi. 1, figs. 3, 6 (form 2), pi. 1, fig. 5 (form 4)
Diagnosis: (original, Muller & Muller, 1957) A representative of Palmatolepis with a large strongly arched trilobate plate. The position of the outer lobe is anterior of the azygous node. The blade is relatively flat, the carina and keel sigmoidal. A secondary keel is often present, although a secondary carina is not.
Remarks: Palmatolepis hassi is distinguished from Palmatolepis winchelli by its larger, wider plate, a somewhat less sigmoidal blade/carina, and the more anterior position of the lobe. Ziegler (1962) believes that Palmatolepis hassi is an evolutionary link between Palmatolepis punctata and Palmatolepis winchelli. Palmatolepis hassi has a larger outer lobe, a less robust platform, Systematic Taxonomy / 154 and a more sigmoidal blade/carina than Palmatolepis punctata. There are also similarities between Palmatolepis hassi and Palmatolepis winchelli.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis hassi occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (3), Gataga: (21). North America: Alberta and Iowa. Europe: France, Poland, and Germany. Asia: southern China.
Range: From the base of the Ancyrognathus triangularis Zone into the lower part of the Upper rhenana Zone. A few specimens have been recovered from the Upper asymmetricus Zone (Ziegler, 1973).
Palmatolepis klapperi Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973 PI. 6, figs. 2, 6
1973 Palmatolepis klapperi n.sp. Sandberg & Ziegler, p. 104, pi. 2, figs. 6, 17-18, pi. 5, fig. 12. 1974 Palmatolepis klapperi Sandberg & Ziegler - Dreesen & Dusar, p. 31, pi.6, figs. 12-16, text fig. 21. 1975 Palmatolepis klapperi Sandberg & Ziegler - Ziegler, v. 2, p. 243-244, Pa pi. 5, figs. 8-11. 1976 Palmatolepis klapperi Sandberg & Ziegler - Dreesen, pi.2, fig. 5. 1979 Palmatolepis klapperi Sandberg & Ziegler - Cygan, p. 211- 213, pi. 6, fig. 6.
Diagnosis: (original, Sandberg & Ziegler, 1975) Palmatolepis klapperi is characterized by a shagreen surface, an outer platform that has a slightly to distinctly convex curvature and lacks a Systematic Taxonomy / 155 lobe, and an inner platform that is elevated above the outer platform. The raised inner platform is almost entirely formed by an elongate bulge with a flattened top termed a "ramp".
Remarks: Dreesen & Dusar (1974) point out that the weak or absent carina posterior of the central node, is progressively absorbed by the surrounding platform, and is visible as a groove in some specimens. The posterior tip of the platform often extends for a short distance in the line of this groove. Sandberg & Ziegler (1973) note that some juvenile specimens have a rounded anterior margin of the inner platform and thus resembles Palmatolepis glabra prima morphotype 1. The Earn specimens are a relatively large and mature elements which do not exhibit such characteristics. The ramp is separated from the carina by a narrow slit. Some specimens in the phylogenetically younger stages lack a posterior carina and have a ramp that terminates between the central node and the posterior platform, thus partially resembling Palmatolepis stoppeli (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973).
Occurrence: Palmatolepis klapperi occurs in the following areas:
Macmillan Pass: (12), Midway: (3), Gataga: (3). North America: Nevada. Europe: Poland, Belgium, and France.
Range: From the base of the rhomboidea Zone into the lower part of the Lower marginifera Zone (Ziegler, 1973). Systematic Taxonomy / 156
Palmatolepis marginifera Helms, 1959
Diagnosis: (original, Ziegler, 1962) A subspecies of P. quadrantinodosa with the following peculiarities: The outline is almost completely the same as P. quadrantinodosa quadrantinodosa; the parapet, as a rule, consists of a continuous sharp ridge, which is serrate in a few specimens; the posterior tip is of situated somewhat more outward than in Palmatolepis q. quadrantinodosa.
Remarks: The taxon was formally raised to specific rank by Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973. It is characterized by the absence of an outer lobe and the presence of a sharp inner platform parapet that begins at the anterior end and extends posterior to the central node. In advanced forms this parapet may reach the posterior tip of the platform. The parapet is generally smooth but, may be serrate or nodose. The shape of the platform ranges from nearly round through oval to narrow and elongate. Palmatolepis marginifera evolved from the field of transition between P. q. inflexa and Palmatolepis stoppeli. Sandberg & Ziegler (1973) also believe that Palmatolepis marginifera duplicata evolved from Palmatolepis klapperi although direct development from the marginifera stock is conceivable. Generally there appears to be an evolutionary trend in the development of the species leading to extension of the parapet and increasing blade carina sinuosity.
Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera Helms, 1959
PI. 8, figs. 1, 2, 5-11
1956 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa n.subsp. Bischoff & Ziegler, pi. 12, fig. 10. Systematic Taxonomy / 157 1956 Palmatolepis inflexa n.sp. Muller, pi. 10, figs. 3, 4, 6, 9. 1959 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa marginifera Ziegler sic - Helms, pi. 5, figs. 22-23.
1962 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa marginifera Ziegler - Ziegler, pi. 7, figs. 6-9.
1966 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa marginifera Helms ex Ziegler - Glenister & Klapper, pi. 91, figs. 7, 9-15. 1973 Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera Helms - Sandberg & Ziegler, pi. 3, figs. 13-14.
1977 Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera Helms - Ziegler, v. 3, Pa. pi. 7, figs. 17-18, Pa. pi. 8, figs. 1-2 (see synonymy). 1979 Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera Helms - Cygan, p. 213- 214, pi. 6, figs. 7-8, pi. 7, fig. 10.
1979 Palmatolepis (Conditolepis) marginifera Helms - Boogaard van den & Kuhry, p. 53-54, fig. 26. 198 3 Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera Helms - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 3, fig. 13. 1984 Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera Helms - Ziegler & Sandberg, p. 187. 1989 Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera Helms - Irwin & Orchard, pi. 1, fig. 9.
Diagnosis: (revised, Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973) The nominate subspecies of Palmatolepis marginifera has a variable platform shape, from rounded to oval, and a shagreen surface. The outer platform is relatively flat with a slightly concave anterior margin and a convex posterior margin. The Palmatolepis marginifera stock has the common tendency to produce nodes on the anterior outer platform. This tendency is exhibited by the morphotypes named Palmatolepis marginifera granulosa and Palmatolepis marginifera tuber, which Ziegler & Sandberg restored to Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera, and by Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis. Systematic Taxonomy / 158 In some specimens the parapet, usually a sharp crest, is denticulate. In larger specimens the parapet extends posterior of the central node and in many specimens may continue to the posterior tip. Phylogenetically younger specimens of P. m. marginifera usually have narrower platforms, transitional to P. m. utahensis.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (51), Midway: (1), Gataga: (247). North America: Nevada, Texas, Utah, and Ontario. Europe: Germany, Poland, Italy, Spain, Yugoslavia, Austria, and Belgium. Australia: Canning Basin. Asia: southern China.
Range: From the base of Lower marginifera Zone into Lower trachytera Zone (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973).
Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis Ziegler & Sandberg, 1984 PI. 8, figs. 3-4
1966 Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa marginifera Helms ex Ziegler - Glenister & Klapper, pi. 91, fig. 6. 1973 Palmatolepis marginifera n.subsp. Sandberg & Ziegler, p. 104, pi. 3, figs. 20, 26.
1974 Palmatolepis marginifera n.subsp. Sandberg & Ziegler - Dreesen & Dusar, p. 28, pi. 5, figs. 29-30, 32.
1977 Palmatolepis marginifera n.subsp. Sandberg & Ziegler - Ziegler, v. 3, Pa. pi. 8, fig. 4-5. Systematic Taxonomy / 159 1983 Palmatolepis marginifera n.subsp. Sandberg & Ziegler - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 3, figs. 21-22. 1984 Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis n.subsp. Ziegler & Sandberg, p. 187, pi. 1, figs. 6-10.
Diagnosis: (original, Ziegler & Sandberg, 1984) A subspecies of
Palmatolepis marginifera characterized by a strongly nodose anterior outer platform and a very narrow inner posterior platform.
Remarks: Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis specimens from the Earn
Group are consistent with the original diagnosis.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis occurs in the following areas: Gataga: (14) . North America: Utah, Nevada. Europe: Belgium. Australia: Canning Basin. Asia: southern China.
Range: Mainly Upper marginifera Zone, But may range slightly higher (Ziegler & Sandberg, 1984).
Palmatolepis minuta Branson & Mehl, 1934
19 34 Palmatolepis minuta n.sp. Branson & Mehl, pi. 18, figs. 1, 6, 7. Systematic Taxonomy / 160 Diagnosis: (original, Branson & Mehl, 1934) The plate is bilaterally symmetrical in outline. The carina is very low and faint back of the azygous node and becomes obsolete about half to two-thirds the length of the posterior lobe. In front of the azygous node the carina is high. Some specimens have a large blade compared to the size of the plate and others have no blade extension in front of the plate. The azygous node is an almost symmetrical slender cone. The oral surface of the plate is smooth and nearly flat but has a shallow longitudinal trough bisecting the back lobe.
The aboral side of the plate is plane save for the down-turning of the back end and the ridge formed by the keel. The plate on each side of the keel is a mirror duplicate of the other save for a very slight sigmoidal twist. The keel is very slender and low on the back lobe excepting near the tip, but higher and much stronger on the front lobe.
Diagnosis: (revised, Ziegler, 1977) A species of Palmatolepis having a restricted anterior platform, broadening in the region of the central node and tapers to the posterior end. Upper surface is shagreen-like. An outer lobe may be present. The blade carina is nearly straight. Posterior platform is horizontal to slightly flexed downward in lateral view.
Remarks: Ziegler (1962) identified the evolution of Palmatolepis minuta from Palmatolepis delicatula stock through the withdrawal Systematic Taxonomy / 161 of the anterior platform and refinement of ornamentation. Subspeciation is based on platform shape, presence or absence of a lateral lobe. Five subspecies of Palmatolepis minuta have been identified; Palmatolepis minuta minuta, Palmatolepis minuta schleizia, Palmatolepis minuta loba, Palmatolepis minuta wolskae, and Palmatolepis minuta subgracilis. Only Palmatolepis minuta minuta and Palmatolepis minuta loba have been recognized from the Earn Group collections.
Palmatolepis minuta minuta Branson & Mehl, 1934
PI. 8, fig. 14
1934 Palmatolepis minuta n.sp Branson & Mehl, 1934, pi. 18, figs. 1, 6-7. 1962 Palmatolepis minuta minuta Branson & Mehl - Ziegler, pi. 3, figs. 1-10. 1966 Palmatolepis minuta minuta Branson & Mehl - Anderson, p. 408-409, pi. 49, fig. 18 1966 Palmatolepis minuta minuta Branson & Mehl - Glenister & Klapper, pi. 90, figs. 1, 2, 7-14. 1977 Palmatolepis minuta minuta Branson & Mehl - Ziegler, p. 335-338, Pa pi. 9, figs. 1-5 (see synonymy). 1979 Palmatolepis minuta minuta Branson & Mehl - Boogaard van den & Kuhry, p. 42-43, fig. 13. 1983 Palmatolepis minuta minuta Branson & Mehl - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 3, fig. 14. 1985 Palmatolepis minuta minuta Branson & Mehl - Ziegler & Wang, pi. 4, fig. 19.
Diagnosis: (revised, Ziegler, 1977) A subspecies of Palmatolepis minuta having a small, subovate to elongate platform. Carina continues posterior of the central node. In some specimens the Systematic Taxonomy / 162 posterior carina is considerably lower, in other specimens it is a longitudinal depression. A lateral lobe, if present, is flat.
Remarks: In older phylogenetic stages the outer platform is expanded in the area of the central node as an undifferentiated lobe. At this stage the outer platform starts nearer to the anterior end than the inner platform.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis minuta minuta occurs in the following areas:
Macmillan Pass: (5), Midway: (19), Gataga: (90).
North America: Missouri, Iowa, and Nevada.
Europe: Germany, Poland, Austria, U.S.S.R., Yugoslavia, Italy,
France, and Great Britain.
Australia: Canning Basin and Bonaparte Gulf Basin.
Range: From the boundary of Middle/Upper triangularis Zone through Upper trachytera Zone (Ziegler, 1977).
Palmatolepis minuta loba Helms, 1963
1963 Palmatolepis minuta loba n.subsp. Helms, pi. 2, figs. 13- 14, pi. 3, fig. 12. 197 3 Palmatolepis minuta loba Helms - Sandberg & Ziegler, pi. 5, figs. 1-2. 1977 Palmatolepis minuta loba Helms - Ziegler, p. 339-340, Pa pi. 9, figs. 7-8. 1983 Palmatolepis minuta loba Helms - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 3, fig. 16, pi. 8, fig. 9. Systematic Taxonomy / 163 Diagnosis: (original, Helms, 1963) A subspecies of Palmatolepis minuta which is characterized by a well differentiated, long outer lobe and a very strong central node.
Remarks: Palmatolepis minuta loba is distinguished from
Palmatolepis minuta minuta and the other Palmatolepis minuta subspecies by its well differentiated outer lobe, which is flat or has a slight depression.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis minuta loba occurs in the following areas:
Midway: (5), Gataga: (4).
North America: Nevada. Europe: Germany, Poland, and Italy. Australia: Canning Basin. Asia: southern China.
Range: Through Upper crepida Zone into Lower rhomboidea Zone (Ziegler, 1973) .
Palmatolepis perlobata Ulrich & Bassler, 192 6
1926 Palmatolepis perlobata Ulrich & Bassler, p. 49-50, pi. 7, figs. 19-23.
Diagnosis: (original, Ulrich & Bassler, 1926) Palmatolepis perlobata shows the tendency to obsolescence of the lateral branch of the medial crest, the irregular although decidedly lobate outline and the decided curvature of the crest may represent a more triangular morphotype of the species. Systematic Taxonomy / 164
Diagnosis: (revised, Sandberg & Ziegler, 1979) Palmatolepis perlobata is characterized by a scalloped blade, and by a large, wide platform that is flexed upward posterior of the central node.
Remarks: Sannemann (1955) first recognized the most diagnostic feature of the species, the scalloped blade, through which the species is distinguished from the Palmatolepis rugosa group. Ziegler (1962) subdivided Palmatolepis perlobata into Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi, Palmatolepis p. perlobata, and Palmatolepis p. sigmoidea. Helms (1963) added Palmatolepis perlobata maxima and Palmatolepis perlobata postera. Sandberg & Ziegler (1979) transferred Palmatolepis helmsi and Palmatolepis rugosa grossi. Presently therefore, there are seven subspecies of Palmatolepis perlobata recognized on the basis of curvature of blade/carina, platform shape, and the absence or presence of a lateral lobe. Palmatolepis perlobata perlobata gave rise to Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi from which all other subspecies evolved from (Ziegler, 1977).
Range: Species range from Upper triangularis Zone into praesulcata
Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979).
Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi Muller, 1956
PI. 6, figs. 4, 8, 12 1956 Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi n.sp. Muller, pi. 8, figs. 22-31, pi. 9, fig. 33. 1962 Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi Muller - Ziegler, pi. 8, figs. 2-5. 1966 Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi Muller - Glenister & Klapper, pi. 92, fig, 8, pi. 93, figs. 1-6. Systematic Taxonomy / 165 1968 Palmatolepis perlobata Ulrich & Bassler - Huddle, pi. 16, fig. 8, pi. 15, fig. 8. 1977 Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi Muller - Ziegler, p. 361-364, pi. 11, figs. 1-7 (see synonymy). 1979 Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi Muller - Boogaard van den & Kuhry, p. 55, fig. 27-28. 1979 Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi Muller - Sandberg & Ziegler, p. 180, pi. 1, figs. 22-24, pi. 2, fig. 13. 1983 Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi Muller - Wang & Ziegler. pi. 4, fig. 3.
1985 Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi Muller - Austin et al, pi. 4.7, fig. 16.
1989 Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi Muller - Metzger, fig. 13, no. 32.
Diagnosis: (original, Muller, 1956) Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi has a large, elongate, strongly undulating plate with grained or gently shagreen-like surface. Its maximum width is anterior of the central node. The carina is more or less strongly inwardly curved anterior of the central node. Lateral lobe is moderately large. The secondary carina is not developed.
Remarks: The subspecies is distinguished by a less coarsely ornamented upper surface and by a usually small lateral lobe. The present subspecies concept is very broad. Sandberg & Ziegler (1979) describe several morphotypes including those with small or no lateral lobes which are distinguished from Palmatolepis perlobata perlobata by the expansion, bulging and tilting of the parapet area and by a lack of nodes paralleling the side of the posterior platform. Some Earn Group specimens exhibit characteristics similar to this morphotype. Another morphotype Systematic Taxonomy / 166 recognized by Sandberg & Ziegler, 1979) with a narrow, coarsely ornamented platform, a long lobe, and a scalloped blade that anteriorly resembles the smooth blade of Palmatolepis rugosa is not recognized within the Earn Group specimens.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (21), Midway: (2), Gataga: (63). North America: Nebraska, Arkansas, Indiana, Utah, Tennessee, Idaho, and Alabama.
Europe: Germany, Poland, Yugoslavia, U.S.S.R., Italy, Spain, Belgium, and Great Britain. Australia: Canning Basin. Asia: China.
Range: From Upper crepida Zone through Upper expansa Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979).
Palmatolepis perlobata aff. P. p. schindewolfi PI. 6, fig. 11
Remarks: Palmatolepis perlobata aff. P. p. schindewolfi is distinguished from P. p. schindewolfi by its lack of an outer lobe on the mid-outer platform. The aff. specimen is identical in platform outline, carina length and sinuosity, and shape of the inner and outer platforms. Palmatolepis perlobata aff. P.. ' p. schindewolfi may represent a new subspecies however, only one Systematic Taxonomy / 167 specimen has been recovered which precludes a formal designation.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis perlobata aff. P. p. schindewolfi occurs at Gataga.
Range: Palmatolepis perlobata aff. P. p. schindewolfi is found in a collection at the Lower marginifera Zone - Upper marginifera Zone boundary.
Palmatolepis poolei Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973 PI. 5, figs. 9-10
1973 Palmatolepis poolei n.sp. Sandberg & Ziegler, p. 106, pi. 14, figs. 14-26. 1977 Palmatolepis poolei Sandberg & Ziegler - Ziegler, v. 3, p. 245, Pa pi. 5, figs. 12-15. 1983 Palmatolepis poolei Sandberg & Ziegler - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 3, fig. 12.
Diagnosis: (original, Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973) Palmatolepis poolei is characterized by a platform strongly nodose in the anterior half and weakly nodose posterior to the central node, a high inner parapet formed by a cluster of nodes, and a weak to obsolescent outer lobe. The margin of the outer platform starts close to the anterior end of the blade. The inner platform begins about midway between the central node and the anterior tip. The blade is slightly curved and continues only weakly posterior of the central node. Systematic Taxonomy / 168 Remarks: Sandberg & Ziegler (1973) believed Palmatolepis poolei evolved from Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata from which it is distinguished by a much reduced outer lobe.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis poolei occurs in the following areas:
Macmillan Pass: (15) .
North America: Nevada.
Europe: Germany.
Asia: southern China.
Range: within the Lower rhomboidea Zone (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973).
Palmatolepis proversa Ziegler, 1958 PI. 4, figs. 6, 11 1958 Palmatolepis proversa n.sp. Ziegler, pi. 3, figs. 11-12, pi. 4, figs. 7, 9-14. 1966 Palmatolepis proversa Ziegler - Glenister & Klapper, p. 818-819. 1966 Palmatolepis proversa Ziegler - Winder, pi. 156, fig. 14. 1968 Palmatolepis proversa Ziegler - Pollock, pi. 61, fig. 22. 1973 Palmatolepis proversa Ziegler - Ziegler, v. 1, p. 289-290, Pa pi. 2, fig. 5 (see synonymy). 1983 Palmatolepis proversa Ziegler - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 4, fig. 2. 1988 Palmatolepis proversa Ziegler - Klapper, pi. 2, figs. 14- 15. 1988 Palmatolepis proversa Ziegler - Klapper & Lane, pi. 1, figs. 3-4.
1989 Palmatolepis proversa Ziegler - Irwin & Orchard, pi. 1, fig. 3. Systematic Taxonomy / 169 Diagnosis: (original, Ziegler, 1958) A species of Palmatolepis with a relatively strongly sigmoidal blade and an anteriorly situated outer lobe, the anterior margin of which runs obliquely toward the blade and is bent upward in most specimens. The lower surface of the lobe bears a secondary keel that runs towards the centre of the growth by forming an angle of 45° with the main keel. The platform margin is wide. A very small basal pit is hinted in a few specimens.
Remarks: Palmatolepis proversa is distinguished from Palmatolepis punctata by having a more slender form, a more strongly sigmoidal blade, and through the 4 5° angle between the secondary keel and the main keel (Ziegler, 1973). The anterior platform margins are built up with a series of nodes.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis proversa occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (18), Midway: (1), Gataga: (34). North America: Mississippi Valley, Iowa, Ontario, and Alberta. Europe: Germany and Poland. Australia: Canning Basin. Asia: southern China.
Range: From punctata Zone to lower part of Lower rhenana Zone
(Ziegler, 1962; Sandberg et al., 1989).
Palmatolepis punctata (Hinde, 1879) PI. 4, fig. 2 1879 Polygnathus punctatus [sic] Hinde, p. 367, pi. 17, fig. 14. Systematic Taxonomy / 170 1958 Palmatolepis punctata (Hinde) - Ziegler, pi. 2, figs. 4-7, pi. 3, figs. 1-10. 1966 Palmatolepis punctata (Hinde) - Winder, pi. 156, fig. 13. 1968 Palmatolepis subrecta Miller & Youngquist - Mound, p. 501, pi. 68, fig. 7, 15, 17, pi. 71. figs. 5-7, 9, 10. 1973 Palmatolepis punctata (Hinde) - Ziegler, v. 1, Pa pi. 1, figs. 4-5. 1983 Palmatolepis punctata (Hinde) - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 4, fig. 4.
1985 Palmatolepis punctata (Hinde) - Klapper & Lane, p. 928, figs. 15.12-15.14.
1988 Palmatolepis punctata (Hinde) - Klapper, pi. 1, figs. 8-9.
Diagnosis: (original, Hinde, 1879) Plate unsymmetrical, flat and thin, a delicate keel which does not reach the tip, but is reproduced beyond the lower portion of the plate and has two or three nodes on it. The surface of the plate is covered with very minute tubercles.
Diagnosis: (revised, after Muller, 1956, Ziegler, 1958, Glenister & Klapper, 1966) A species of Palmatolepis with a large relatively triangular platform bearing coarse sculpture on the upper surface. A distinct outer lobe lies slightly anterior of the central node. The blade/carina is usually slightly sigmoidal, in some specimens nearly straight. The central node is generally only slightly differentiated from the other carinal nodes. The posterior end is arched downward. The carina does not reach the posterior tip of the plate.
Remarks: Palmatolepis punctata is distinguished from Palmatolepis Systematic Taxonomy / 171 transitans, by a more distinct outer lobe and sigmoidal blade/carina. Palmatolepis proversa is distinguished by its more strongly sigmoidal blade/carina, anteriorly directed outer lobe, and platform margin build-up. Palmatolepis punctata is regarded as the ancestor of most wide-plated palmatolepids in the Early Upper Devonian (Ziegler, 1962).
Occurrence: Palmatolepis punctata occurs in the following areas:
Macmillan Pass: (2), Gataga: (2). North America: New York, Iowa, Texas, Ontario, North West Territories, and Alberta. Europe: Germany, Poland, and Austria. Australia: Canning Basin. Asia: southern China
Range: From the base of the punctata Zone into the Lower rhenana Zone (Ziegler, 1962; Sandberg et al., 1989).
Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa Branson & Mehl, 1934.
Synonymy see under respective subspecies.
Description: (original) Plate slightly undulating, wide in proportion to length, suboral in outline. The carina originates at or near the posterior end of the platform and is straight to the azygous node. The azygous node is broad and low. Anterior of the node the carina turns sharply towards the inner margin and continues near parallel to that margin. The carina continues as Systematic Taxonomy / 172 a short free blade. The oral surface of the platform is marked with a granular texture or very slender short sinuous ridges (Branson & Mehl, 1934) .
Diagnosis: (revised, after Ziegler, 1962; and Glenister Se Klapper, 1966) A species of Palmatolepis in which the anterior outer platform extends to the anterior margin of the blade; the anterior inner margin lies at a point that is halfway between the anterior end and the central node. The upper surface is shagreen-like, no outer lobe is present. The blade-carina is sigmoidal, carina is only weakly or not developed posterior of the azygous node. A parapet or bulge on the inner side is developed. Posterior end is flexed upward or horizontal.
Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa quadrantinodosa Branson Se Mehl, 1934
1934 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa n.sp. Branson Se Mehl, pi. 18, figs. 3, 17,20.
1962 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa quadrantinodosa Branson & Mehl - Ziegler, pi. 7, figs. 10-11. 1966 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa quadrantinodosa Branson St Mehl - Winder, pi. 156, fig. 7. 1973 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa quadrantinodosa Branson St Mehl - Sandberg & Ziegler, pi. 3, figs. 27-30. 1977 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa quadrantinodosa Branson & Mehl - Ziegler, p. 367-372, Pa pi. 8, figs. 10-16 (see synonymy) 1979 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa quadrantinodosa Branson Se Mehl - Cygan, pi. 7, figs. 4,5,7. Systematic Taxonomy / 173
Diagnosis: (revised, Ziegler, 1977) The nominate subspecies of
Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa is characterized by an oval shagreen platform, the inner half of which bears rows of nodes paralleling the carina, or a cluster of nodes in the anterior part, or short
ridges running transverse to the blade.
Remarks: Sandberg & Ziegler (1973) interpreted this subspecies as two morphotypes that arise from two distinct phyletic lines. One evolving from Palmatolepis stoppeli by the conversion of type ramp• like inner platform to rows of nodes and/or ridges. The other evolved from Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa inflexa by the development of nodes and/or short transverse ridges on the bulge• like inner platform. It appears that the forms with rows of nodes that parallel the blade have no carina posterior of the central node whereas, those with short transverse ridges or clusters of nodes have only a weak carina reaching to or close to the posterior tip of the platform.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa guadrantinodosa occurs in the following areas: Gataga: (3).
North America: Missouri, Tennessee, Texas, Nevada, and Ontario. Europe: France, Germany, Belgium, Poland, and U.S.S.R. Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: uppermost rhomboidea Zone through the Lower marginifera Zone
(Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973). Systematic Taxonomy / 174 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexa Muller, 1956 PI. 6, fig. 1
1956 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexa Muller, p. 10, fig. 5. 1962 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexa Muller - Ziegler, pi. 7, figs. 1-5.
1973 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexa Muller - Sandberg & Ziegler, pi. 4, figs. 7-13.
1977 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexa Muller - Ziegler, p. 377-379, pi. 12, fig. 3-10 (see synonymy).
1979 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexa Muller - Boogaard van den & Kuhry, p. 52, fig. 24.
Diagnosis: (original, Muller, 1956) Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexa has a large suboval platform. The blade/carina is strongly curved anteriorly, but in an obtuse angle posterior of the central node, from where it runs straight towards the posterior end. The posterior end is directed somewhat inward. In some specimens there is no carina posterior of the central node. Secondary keels and carinas are not developed.
Remarks: This subspecies of Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa is characterized by a variety of morphologic expressions of the inner platform (parapet area) and length/width relation. At least three types have been recognized near the top of the uppermost rhomboidea Zone (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973, and Helms & Ziegler, 1976). The first is a short oval form in which the inner platform is flat. From this form developed a second form having a round-topped short bulge on the anterior inner platform. The third form is more elongate with a flat or slightly bowed up inner platform. The Systematic Taxonomy / 175 specimens from the Earn Group resemble morphotype 2. The built up inner platform of Palmatolepis klapperi distinguishes it from P. q. inflexa.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa inflexa occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (2), Gataga: (12). North America: Illinois, Utah, Nevada, and Texas. Europe: Germany, Poland, France, U.S.S.R. Australia: Canning Basin
Range: From uppermost part of the Upper rhomboidea Zone through Lower marginifera Zone (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973). Specimens from the Earn Group may range into the lower Upper marginifera Zone. This range is younger than previously described by Sandberg & Ziegler (1973).
Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa inflexoidea Ziegler, 1962 PI. 6, figs. 3, 5, 10
1962 Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa inflexoidea Ziegler, pi. 5, figs. 14-18.
1966 Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa inflexoidea Ziegler Glenister & Klapper, pi. 93, figs. 11-12. 1977 Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa inflexoidea Ziegler - Ziegler, p. 383-384, Pa. pi. 13, figs. 1-5 (see synonymy).
Diagnosis: (original, Ziegler, 1962) Plate shagreen-like and flat, its posterior end flexed upward. Blade is strongly sigmoidal, Systematic Taxonomy / 176 posterior of the central node it is poorly defined. The central node is positioned much more posteriorly than in other subspecies. No parapet is developed.
Remarks: In most specimens the carina posterior of the central node is represented by one or two indistinct nodes or it is absent. In a few specimens it is developed as a narrow, low line that may even reach the posterior tip (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973). This subspecies is recognized by an elongate platform. It resembles Palmatolepis glabra prima, but, is distinguished by the more posteriorly placed central node. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexoidea evolved from Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexa through the elongation of the platform and by the posterior-ward migration of the central node (Ziegler, 1977). Transitional forms have been recognized (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973). Earn Group specimens illustrate the platform width/length ratio variation.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexoidea occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (2), Gataga (24). North America: Texas and Nevada. Europe: Germany, U.S.S.R., Yugoslavia, Italy, and Belgium. Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: Lower marginifera Zone (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973). Specimens from the Earn Group may range into the lower Upper marginifera Zone. This range is younger than previously described Systematic Taxonomy / 177 by Sandberg & Ziegler (1973).
Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa n.subsp. A
PI. 6, fig. 13
Type locality: Gataga, Driftpile Creek area, B.C.
Type strata: Gunsteel Formation, Earn Group
Diagnosis: A subspecies of Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa having a shagreen-like, posteriorly bulbous platform. The outer platform is broad and- its margin has a prominent inflexion anterior of the azygous node. The narrow inner platform is slightly built up and has a similar inflexion posterior of the azygous node.
Description: The straight anterior carina is deflected anterior of the azygous node and continues as a weak line of nodes posterior of it, occasionally paralleled by a shallow groove, to near the posterior tip. The anterior portion of the inner platform is built up to form a weak ridge parallel to, but separated from, the carina by a groove. The inner platform begins approximately half way between the anterior tip and the azygous node. The outer platform begins at the anterior end of the carina.
Remarks: This new subspecies shows similarities to both Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa and Palmatolepis marginifera but the platform outline is unique in the points of inflexion. The inner platform build up of Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa n. subsp. A is similar to, but much smaller in height and length than the Systematic Taxonomy / 178 parapet/ramp development of Palmatolepis stoppeli, Palmatolepis marginifera, and Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa guadrantinodosa.
Material: sixteen specimens C-118907 85-OFM-25 3 C-118924 85-OFM-42 1 C-118884 85-OFM-62 1 C-116977 86-OFM-G27 1 C-116914 86-OFM-G64 10 (1 photographed)
Occurrence: Gataga area, northern British Columbia
Range: From Lower marginifera Zone through lowest Upper marginifera Zone.
Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann, 1955 PI. 5, figs. 13, 17
1955 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann, pi. 24, fig. 6.
1962 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann - Ziegler, pi. 2, figs. 6-12.
1966 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann - Glenister & Klapper, pi. 92, figs. 1-3. 1973 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann - Sandberg & Ziegler, p. 105-106, pi. 4, figs. 33-41. 1973 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann - Ziegler, p. 295-298, Pa pi. 4, figs. 6-8 (see synonymy). 1975 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann - Druce, p. 116-117. pi. 14, fig. 3. 1983 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 3, fig. 11.
1985 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann - Austin et al, pi. 46, fig. 15. 1989 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann - Metzger, fig. 13, no. 31. Systematic Taxonomy / 179 Diagnosis: (original, Sannemann, 1955) A species of Palmatolepis that resembles Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa with the exception of a strong lateral lobe opposite the central node.
Remarks: Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata is characterized by an elongate lateral lobe, a relatively straight blade/carina, and a cluster of coarse nodes on the anterior inner platform. The posterior end of the platform is flexed upward except for the extreme tip which is deflected downwards (Ziegler, 1973).
Occurrence: Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata occurs in the following areas:
Macmillan Pass: (2) , Midway: (1), Gataga: (25). North America: Nebraska, Missouri, Illinois, Wisconsin, Texas, Utah, Tennessee, and Alberta. Europe: Germany, Poland, Belgium, Austria, Italy, and Britain. Australia: Canning Basin. Asia: southern China.
Range: From crepida Zone through lower portion of Lower rhomboidea Zone.
Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata morphotype 1 Sandberg & Ziegler PI. 5, fig. 17 1973 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann - Sandberg & Ziegler, morphotype 1, p. 105-106, pi. 4, figs. 27-32.
Remarks: Sandberg & Ziegler (1973) recognized a morphotype which Systematic Taxonomy / 180 is characterized by a high, strongly nodose parapet area that is higher and sharply delineated from the smooth posterior region of the inner platform. The parapet area is comprised of rows of nodes that are almost concentric to the curved portion of the carina. The outer anterior platform is strongly nodose. The outer lobe is slightly reduced and downward directed.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata morphotype 1 occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (11), Gataga: (4) . North America: Utah.
Range: From well above base of crepida Zone into lower portion of Lower rhomboidea Zone (Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973).
Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis Cooper, 1931 PI. 5, figs. 3-4
1931 Palmatolepis regularis n.sp. Cooper, p. 242, pi. 28, fig. 36.
1955 Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis Cooper - Sannemann, p. 135, pi. 1, fig. 6.
1962 Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis Cooper - Ziegler, p. 75-77, pi. 6, figs. 20-24, text fig. 7. 1963 Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis Cooper - Helms, p. 478, pi. 1, fig. 1, pi. 2, fig. 12, text. fig. 2, figs. 30-31. 1963 Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis Cooper - Glenister & Klapper, p. 821-822, pi. 92, figs. 14-16.
1973 Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis Cooper - Sandberg & Ziegler, p. 106, pi. 1, figs. 27-30. 1979 Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis Cooper - Cygan, p. 223-224, pi. 7, fig. 6, 13. Systematic Taxonomy / 181 1983 Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis Cooper - Wang Se Ziegler, pi. 14, fig. 6. 1985 Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis Cooper - Ziegler Se Wang, pi. 4, fig. 3.
Diagnosis: (original, Cooper, 1931) Species is characterized by its extremely regular outline, the sides of which are formed by two "ogee" (sigmoidal) curves. The leaf-like appearance is further enhanced by the sigmoidal carina which is continuous for anterior to posterior tips. The tooth is without ornamentation except fine concentric lines.
Diagnosis: (revised, Glenister Se Klapper, 1966) Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis displays a strongly sigmoidal platform and shagreen• like upper surface. The inner lobe is distinct only in early phylogenetic stages. The blade/carina is strongly sigmoidal, except in late phylogenetic stages when it is moderately sigmoidal. Posterior end is flexed upwards.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (5), Midway: (12), Gataga: (4). North America: Nevada, Oklahoma. Europe: Germany, Austria, Italy, Poland, France, and Morocco. Australia: Canning Basin. Asia: southern China.
Range: From Upper triangularis Zone into Lower rhomboidea Zone
(Klapper St Ziegler, 1979) . Systematic Taxonomy / 182
Palmatolepis rhenana Bischoff, 1956
PI. 4, figs. 3, 7, 13
1956 Palmatolepis rhenana n.sp. Bischoff, pi. 8, figs. 26-28, 30, pi. 10, fig. 7. 1962 Palmatolepis rhenana Bischoff - Ziegler, text fig. 8. 19 66 Palmatolepis gigas Miller & Youngquist - Glenister & Klapper, p. 810, pi. 88, fig. 12. 1966 Palmatolepis gigas Miller & Youngquist - Winder, pi. 156, fig. 11. 1970 Palmatolepis gigas Miller & Youngquist - Seddon, pi. 11, figs. 1-2, 9, 10. 1973 Palmatolepis gigas Miller & Youngquist - Ziegler, v. 1, Pa pi. 2, figs. 2-3. 1983 Palmatolepis gigas Miller & Youngquist - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 3, fig. 32. 1985 Palmatolepis gigas Miller & Youngquist - Klapper & Lane, p. 928, fig. 15.7. 1988 Palmatolepis rhenana Bischoff - Klapper, pi. 2, figs. 1, 13. 1988 Palmatolepis aff. P. rhenana Bischoff - Klapper & Lane, pi. 1, figs. 10-13. 1988 Palmatolepis rhenana Bischoff - Orchard, pi. 1, figs. 11, 16, 23, 25, pi. 3, fig. 1. 1989 Palmatolepis rhenana Bischoff - Irwin & Orchard, pi. 1, fig. 4.
Diagnosis: (revised, Klapper & Lane, 1985) A species of Palmatolepis which is characterized by a prominent outer lobe, a sigmoidal carina which extends to the posterior tip. The ornamentation on the upper surface is a relatively uniform distribution of fine to medium coarse nodes. The posterior end is arched downward. Systematic Taxonomy / 183 Remarks: Palmatolepis gigas Miller & Youngquist is now regarded as a junior synonym of Palmatolepis rhenana Bischoff, therefore, the species and zonal name reverts to Palmatolepis rhenana Bischoff (Orchard, 1988, p. 35).
Occurrence: Palmatolepis rhenana occurs in the following areas:
Macmillan Pass: (47), Gataga: (13).
North America: Alberta, North West Territories, Yukon, and Ontario.
Europe: Germany and France.
Asia: southern China.
Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: From the base of the rhenana Zone to the top of the rhenana Zone, some specimens reputedly occur in Lower triangularis Zone (Ziegler, 1962).
Palmatolepis rhomboidea Sannemann, 1955 PI. 5, fig. 18
1955 Palmatolepis rhomboidea n.sp. Sannemann, pi. 24, fig. 14. 1962 Palmatolepis rhomboidea Sannemann - Ziegler, pi. 7, figs. 14-16. 19 66 Palmatolepis rhomboidea Sannemann - Glenister & Klapper, pi. 92, fig. 4, pi. 95, fig. 18. 1973 Palmatolepis rhomboidea Sannemann - Sandberg & Ziegler, pi. 1, figs. 20-26. 1973 Palmatolepis rhomboidea Sannemann - Ziegler, v. 1, p. 299- 301, Pa pi. 1, figs. 6-7 (see synonymy) 1974 Palmatolepis rhomboidea Sannemann - Dreesen & Dusar, pi.7, figs. 11-12.
1979 Palmatolepis rhomboidea Sannemann - Cygan, p. 224-225, pi. 8, figs. 1-3,6 (see synonymy) Systematic Taxonomy / 184 Diagnosis: (original, Sannemann, 1955) A species of Palmatolepis that is characterized by a rhomb-like platform.
Diagnosis: (revised, Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973) The platform is usually small and oval. The anterior inner margin begins posterior of the point where the anterior outer margin begins, about halfway between the anterior end of the blade and the central node. The blade/carina is sigmoidal, an outer lobe is generally not developed. Palmatolepis rhomboidea has a bulge or a low parapet on the anterior portion of the inner platform, this is the key distinction between this species and Palmatolepis delicatula. Shallow adcarinal grooves on both sides of the platform may be present. The surface is smooth to shagreen-like. The posterior end of the platform is flexed upward. In some specimens (Sandberg Se Ziegler, 1973) both sides of the platform may start at the same position on the blade and the posterior end may be flexed downward (Ziegler, 1973) .
Occurrence: Palmatolepis rhomboidea occurs in the following areas: Gataga: (4). North America: Texas and Nevada.
Europe: Germany, Poland, Italy, France, and U.S.S.R. Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: From Lower rhomboidea Zone into the Lower marginifera Zone (Sandberg Se Ziegler, 1973). Systematic Taxonomy / 185 Palmatolepis rugosa Branson & Mehl, 1934
1934 Palmatolepis rugosa n.sp. Branson & Mehl, p. 23 6, pi. 18, figs. 15, 16, 18, 19.
Diagnosis: (original, Branson & Mehl, 1934) Plate sigmoidal curved, somewhat twisted at the front end, increasing in width from front to back save for a small, sharp pointed lobe on one side back of the middle. The carina on the back lobe is low and is distinct only near the azygous node. In front of the azygous node it increases rapidly in height. It is without denticles or has indistinct ones near the node. A row of strong nodes bisects the side lobe. On one side of the carina the plate is narrow and bears a series of short ridges normal to the carina. The surface of the plate is smooth save for a few low irregular nodes. A row of large nodes parallels the carina in front of the side lobe, the nodes decreasing in size forward to near the front end of the blade.
Diagnosis: (revised, Sandberg & Ziegler, 1979) Palmatolepis rugosa is a species of Palmatolepis characterized by a moderately to very coarsely ornamented platform that is broadly expanded to form a semicircular arc on the outer side between the central node and the posterior tip and a narrow parapet area that parallels the carina. The platform is generally flat posterior of the central node. The blade has a sharp crest that generally does not show the tips of the fused denticles in side view. The secondary carina is weak or its position may be represented by a depression but a strong ridge generally extends across the anterior part of the outer lobe Systematic Taxonomy / 186 towards the blade, invariably anterior to the central node.
Remarks: Palmatolepis rugosa according to Ziegler & Sandberg
(1984) comprises four subspecies; Palmatolepis rugosa rugosa,
Palmatolepis rugosa ampla, Palmatolepis rugosa cf. ampla, and
Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera. At present, only Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera has been identified in the Selwyn and Kechika
Basins.
Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera Ziegler, 1960
PI. 8, figs. 13, 15, 16
1955 Palmatolepis rugosa Branson & Mehl - Sannemann, pi. 24, fig. 10.
1960 Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera n.subsp. Ziegler, pi. 1, fig. 6, pi. 2, figs. 1-9, text figs. 12-13.
1962 Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera Ziegler - Ziegler, pi. 8, fig. 15.
1977 Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera Ziegler - Ziegler, p. 405- 406, pi. 14, figs. 6-11.
1978 Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera Ziegler - Narkiewicz, pi. 10, fig. 8.
1984 Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera Ziegler - Ziegler & Sandberg, p. 187-188, pi. 1, figs. 1-5, 12.
1985 Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera Ziegler - Austin et al, pi. 4.7, fig. 19.
Diagnosis: (original, Ziegler, 1960) Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera has a strongly sigmoidal curvature, a less strongly developed outer lobe and, as compared with the nominate subspecies, a wider outer platform related to the length. The posterior tip has a further inward position than the nominate subspecies. Systematic Taxonomy / 187 Diagnosis: (revised, Ziegler & Sandberg, 1984) Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera platform width is nearly constant and the outer posterior platform is so expanded that the posterior end forms a nearly right angle with the carina, thus creating a platform shape like a narrow parallelogram. The outer lobe ranges from very weak to strong. Some specimens have only very weak nodes.
Remarks: Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera is distinguished from Palmatolepis rugosa rugosa by a smaller and shorter outer lobe. P. r. trachytera is strongly sigmoidal with an expanded posterior outer platform. A sharp parapet parallels the carina, separated from it by a narrow, deep adcarinal groove. The parapet may consist partly of a sharp crest and partly of separate posterior- anterior nodes.
Ziegler (1977) noted that the origin of Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera is unclear but, it may have evolved from Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis or Palmatolepis rugosa cf. ampla. Ziegler & Sandberg (1984) noted specimens with weak outer lobes bear a strong resemblance to a possible P. marginifera ancestor. The specimen of collection C-116697 may therefore, represent a slightly younger ancestral form of P. rugosa trachytera, possibly in transition from P. marginifera subsp. The specimens of P. rugosa trachytera from within the Upper marginifera Zone at Macmillan Pass (C-108159, PI. 8, fig. 12) may also represent a transitional form between its possible ancestors, either P. rugosa cf. ampla Muller or P. marginifera utahensis Ziegler & Sandberg. Systematic Taxonomy / 188
Occurrence: Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera occurs in the following areas:
Macmillan Pass: (7).
North America: Nevada and Utah
Europe: Great Britain, Germany, Poland, and Italy.
Range: Lower and Upper trachytera Zone, possibly into the Upper marginifera Zone within the Selwyn and Kechika Basins. The occurrences of Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera from recognized Upper marginifera Zone faunas suggests an older first appearance of this subspecies than previously established by Ziegler & Sandberg (1984) and similar to the range for Palmatolepis rugosa cf. ampla.
Palmatolepis rugosa aff. P. r. trachytera PI. 8, fig. 12
Remarks: In collection C-116697, from Gataga, Palmatolepis rugosa aff. P. r. trachytera occurs within an Upper marginifera Zone fauna. The specimen of P. rugosa aff. P. r. trachytera has a reduced outer lobe, reduced platform nodes and an atypical broad parapet. The upper surface ornamentation is subdued.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis rugosa P. r. trachytera occurs in an upper Upper marginifera Zone through Uppermost marginifera Zone collection at Gataga. Systematic Taxonomy / 189 Palmatolepis stoppeli Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973 PI. 5, fig. 15 1962 Palmatolepis sp. Ziegler, pi. 7, figs. 12-13. 1963 Palmatolepis (Pander) inflexa Muller - Helms, fig. 2, fig. 55. 1973 Palmatolepis stoppeli n.sp. Sandberg & Ziegler, p. 106-107, pi. 3, figs. 1-11, pi. 5, fig. 13.
1974 Palmatolepis stoppeli Sandberg & Ziegler - Dreesen & Dusar, p. 26, pi. 5, figs. 1-7.
1977 Palmatolepis stoppeli Sandberg & Ziegler - Ziegler, p. 249- 250, Pa pi. 5, fig. 5-7.
Diagnosis: (original, Sandberg & Ziegler, 1973) Palmatolepis stoppeli is characterized by a rounded shagreen platform. The outer half of the platform begins at the anterior end of the blade and has no lobe. The inner platform margins begins at the anterior end of the blade, and an inner platform formed by a high ramp that terminates at a line between the central node and the posterior tip. The ramp is generally flat-topped and gently dipping in both directions. The carina posterior of the central node is generally absent.
Remarks: Palmatolepis stoppeli is believed to have evolved from the slightly older Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa inflexa by an upward bulging of the inner platform. Most phylogenetically older specimens have a very weak carina posterior of the central node, whereas, most younger stages lack a carina (Ziegler, 1977). Systematic Taxonomy / 190 Occurrences: Palmatolepis stoppeli occurs in the following areas: Gataga: (2). North America: Nevada. Europe: Germany, Poland, Belgium. Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: From the upper portion of the Upper rhomboidea Zone into the
lowermost part of the Upper marginifera Zone (Sandberg & Ziegler,
1973).
Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson & Mehl, 1934 PI. 5, figs. 5, 7, 11, 16 1934 Palmatolepis subperlobata n.sp. Branson & Mehl, p. 235-23 6, pi. 18, figs. 3, 17, 20. 1955 Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson & Mehl - Sannemann, p. 135, pi. 6, fig. 23. 1962 Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson & Mehl - Ziegler, p. 79, pi. 4, figs. 1-2. 1963 Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson & Mehl - Helms, pi. 1, fig. 14. 1963 Palmatolepis subperlobata subsp. A Branson & Mehl - Helms, pi. 1, fig. 19. '1966 Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson & Mehl - Winder, pi. 156, fig. 9. 1974 Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson & Mehl - Dreesen & Dusar, pi. 7, figs. 8-10. 1979 Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson & Mehl - Cygan, p. 2 25- 227, pi. 17, fig. 8, pi. 10, fig.4.
1985 Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson & Mehl - Klapper & Lane, p. 930, fig. 15.2. 1985 Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson & Mehl - Austin et al, pi. 4.6, fig. 14. Systematic Taxonomy / 191 1985 Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson & Mehl - Ziegler & Wang, pi. 4, fig. 11. 1988 Palmatolepis subperlobata? Branson & Mehl - Orchard, pi. 2, fig. 5.
Diagnosis: (original, Branson & Mehl, 193 4) Plate very thin, nearly flat but slightly twisted on narrow side. Narrow side nearly uniform width, margin convex, the main convexity opposite the centre node, slightly concave, straight, or slightly convex forward. Broad side has a nearly asymmetrical lobe strongly concave on each side, projecting strongly in the middle. Surface is smooth save for very small nodes and ridges. The carina extends full length of plate, in some specimens becoming obsolete near the back end. Aboral side smooth; keel low and narrow but, highest at extremities; pit absent; a faint ridge bisects the lateral lobe of most specimens.
Diagnosis: (revised, Klapper & Lane, 1985) A more or less triangular species displaying a shagreen-like upper surface. The outer lobe is laterally extended. The blade/carina is sigmoidal, the carina is weakly developed posterior of the central node. The posterior end is flexed upwards.
Remarks: The platform outline of Earn Group Palmatolepis subperlobata specimens is highly variable. The specimens illustrated on plate 5 appear to follow a transitional series with the two extreme specimens in figures 5 and 7. If the specimen illustrated in fig. 7 developed the lateral lobe and lengthened Systematic Taxonomy / 192 the posterior end the specimen in fig. 11 could be produced. From that specimen, if the posterior end was reduced, a specimen similar to that of fig. 16 could be attained. Finally, if the specimen of fig. 16 continued the reduction of the posterior end and increased the length lateral lobe the specimen illustrated in fig. 5 could arise. Unfortunately, because the illustrated specimens are from collections of about the same age the age of the specimens can not be separated nor can a possible phylogenetic significance of this apparent lineage be determined.
P. subperlobata is distinguished from Palmatolepis tenuipunctata by the well developed lateral lobe. It differs from Palmatolepis triangularis in having a shagreen-like surface. Helms (1963) separated Palmatolepis subperlobata subsp. A on the basis of an elongated lateral lobe and shortened posterior platform, like the specimen illustrated in pi. 5, fig. 5.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis subperlobata occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (22) , Midway: (50) , Gataga: (41). North America: Missouri, New York, Ohio, Nevada, Utah, Ontario, Alberta, and North West Territories. Europe: Germany, Austria, Belgium, Czechoslovakia, France, Italy, Poland, Spain, Britain, Morocco. Australia: Canning Basin. Asia: China. Systematic Taxonomy / 193
Range: From Lower triangularis Zone through Lower rhomboidea Zone
(Klapper & Ziegler, 1979).
Palmatolepis tenuipunctata Sannemann, 1955
1955 Palmatolepis tenuipunctata Sannemann, pi. 6, fig. 22.
1962 Palmatolepis tenuipunctata Sannemann - Ziegler, pi. 4, figs. 3-13. 1966 Palmatolepis tenuipunctata Sannemann - Glenister & Klapper, pi. 89, fig. 4, pi. 92, figs. 9-11.
1973 Palmatolepis tenuipunctata Sannemann - Ziegler, v. 1, p. 303-305, Pa pi. 4, fig. 3-4 (see synonymy). 1979 Palmatolepis tenuipunctata Sannemann - Cygan, p. 229-231, pi. 9, figs. 1-3, 5, 6. 1979 Palmatolepis (Manticolepis) tenuipunctata Sannemann Boogaard van den & Kuhry, p. 36-37, figs. 7-8. 1983 Palmatolepis tenuipunctata Sannemann - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 4, fig. 5. 1985 Palmatolepis tenuipunctata Sannemann - Ziegler & Wang, pi. 4, figs. 9, 12. 1989 Palmatolepis tenuipunctata Sannemann - Irwin & Orchard, pi. 1, fig. 8.
Diagnosis: (original, Sannemann, 1955) Palmatolepis tenuipunctata is characterized by a regular minute granulation of the plate and a delicately denticulate blade.
Diagnosis: (revised, Ziegler, 197 3) The species has a more or less triangular platform in younger phylogenetic stages, the platform is much narrower in later stages. Posterior end is flexed upward, the outer lobe is generally small. Blade/carina is moderately Systematic Taxonomy / 194 sigmoidal. The inner parapet is commonly weak. The upper surface is shagreen-like.
Remarks: Small specimens of Palmatolepis perlobata resemble Palmatolepis tenuipunctata. Sannemann (text figs. 2 & 3, 1955) illustrated the difference in the anterior blade denticulation between these two species; the denticles are close together in Palmatolepis tenuipunctata but, the tips of the denticles are farther apart and separated by concave arcs in Palmatolepis perlobata. The anterior inner margin of the Palmatolepis tenuipunctata platform begins with a convex curve before becoming concave, whereas, the same margin for Palmatolepis perlobata begins with a concave curve (Glenister & Klapper, 1966). In addition, the posterior carina continues to the posterior tip in Palmatolepis tenuipunctata.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis tenuipunctata occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (2), Midway: (9), Gataga: (3). North America: Texas and Wisconsin.
Europe: Germany, Poland, Belgium, Austria, And France. Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: From the base of triangularis Zone through to the top of crepida Zone (Ziegler, 1973). Systematic Taxonomy / 195 Palmatolepis transitans Muller, 1956 PI. 4, figs. 1, 5
1956 Palmatolepis (Manticolepis) transitans n.sp. Muller, pi. 1, figs. 1-2.
1963 Palmatolepis (Manticolepis) transitans Muller - Helms, text. fig. 2, fig. 3.
1968 Palmatolepis transitans Muller - Pollock, pi. 61, figs. 19, 29.
1968 Palmatolepis transitans Muller - Orr & Klapper, pi. 140, fig. 13. 1970 Palmatolepis transitans Muller - Kirchgasser, p. 344-345, pi. 63, figs. 1, 8. 1973 Palmatolepis transitans Muller - Ziegler, v. 1, p. 309-310, Pa pi. 1, figs. 1-3 (see synonymy). 1988 Palmatolepis transitans Muller - Klapper, pi. 1, figs. 7,10.
Diagnosis: (original, Muller, 1956) A species of Palmatolepis with a large, rounded, coarsely sculptured plate and small central node. Carina and keel are straight, secondary carina and secondary keels are absent. The platform margin is very broad and sculptured.
Remarks: Palmatolepis transitans is distinguished from Palmatolepis disparalvea by a minute basal pit (if developed) and from Palmatolepis punctata by a straight blade/carina and a less differentiated outer lobe (Ziegler, 1973). Helms (1963) believed that Palmatolepis transitans evolved from wide-plated Polygnathus stock and is ancestral to Palmatolepis punctata. The specimens from the Selwyn and Kechika Basins show conspicuous growth lines on the upper platform surface. Systematic Taxonomy / 196 Occurrences: Palmatolepis transitans occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (1), Midway: (1), Gataga: (23). North America: New York, Texas, and Alberta. Europe: Germany, Poland, Britain, Spain, and Austria. Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: From the base of the transitans Zone into the Ancyrognathus triangularis Zone (Ziegler, 1971; Sandberg et al., 1989).
Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann, 1955
PI. 5, fig. 2
1955 Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann, pi. 24, fig. 3. 1962 Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann - Ziegler, pi. 1, figs. 1-19.
1966 Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann - Glenister & Klapper, pi. 92, figs. 17-18. 1973 Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann - Ziegler, v. 1, p. 311-314, Pa pi. 3, figs. 1-2 (see synonymy). 1975 Palmatolepis triangularis (Sannemann) - Philip & McDonald, fig. 8. 1979 Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann - Cygan, p 232-233, pi. 7, fig. 11, pi. 9, figs. 9-10, pi. 10, fig. 2. 1979 Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann - Boogaard van den & Kuhry, p. 3 4-35, fig. 5. 1983 Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 3, fig. 30. 1985 Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann - Ziegler & Wang, pi. 4, fig. 10. 1985 Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann - Austin et al, pi. 4.6, fig. 13.
1988 Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann - Orchard, pi. 2, fig. 14, pi. 3, figs. 6, 10 (same specimen). Systematic Taxonomy / 197 1989 Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann - Irwin & Orchard, pi. 1, fig. 6 (same specimen).
Diagnosis: (original, Sannemann, 1955) A species of Palmatolepis which is characterized by a nearly triangular platform.
Diagnosis: (revised, Ziegler, 1973) The ornamentation of the triangular platform consists of coarse nodes that are evenly distributed on the upper surface. The outer lobe maybe rounded or sharply terminated. It may be directed anteriorly, posteriorly, or laterally. Blade/carina is moderately sigmoidal. Carina posterior of the central node consists of a row of small, low nodes. Secondary carina and keel may be present. Posterior part of the platform is generally flexed upward with the extreme tip flexed upward or downward.
Remarks: Ziegler (1973) stated Palmatolepis triangularis was connected to Palmatolepis winchelli (= P. subrecta) by transitional forms. Palmatolepis subperlobata is distinguished by a shagreen• like upper surface. Transitional forms exist between Palmatolepis triangularis and Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis triangularis in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (11), Gataga: (7).
North America: Tennessee, Missouri, Iowa, Wisconsin, Utah, Nevada, and Alberta. Europe: Great Britain, Germany, France, Poland, Belgium, U.S.S.R., and Italy. Systematic Taxonomy / 198
Australia: Canning Basin Asia: China.
Range: From base of triangularis Zone through Middle crepida Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979).
Palmatolepis winchelli (Stauffer, 19 38)
PI. 4, figs. 4, 8, 12
1947 Palmatolepis subrecta n.sp. Miller & Youngquist, p. 513- 514, pi. 75, fig. 7-11.
1947 Palmatolepis gigas n.sp. Miller & Youngquist, pi. 75, fig. 1. 1951 Palmatolepis subrecta Miller & Youngquist - Hass, pi. 1, fig. 19. 1966 Palmatolepis subrecta Miller & Youngquist - Glenister & Klapper, p.823-824, pi. 88, figs. 1-3 (see synonymy). 1966 Palmatolepis subrecta Miller & Youngquist - Winder, p. 1275, pi. 156, fig. 8. 1968 Palmatolepis subrecta Miller & Youngquist - Huddle, p. 34, pi. 16, figs. 5-7. 1979 Palmatolepis (Manticolepis) subrecta Miller & Youngquist - Boogaard van den & Kuhry, p. 30-32, figs. 1-2. 1979 Palmatolepis subrecta Miller & Youngquist - Cygan, p. 227- 229, pi. 8, figs., 4, 5, 7-12, pi. 10, figs. 9-10 (see synonymy) 1983 Palmatolepis subrecta Miller & Youngquist - Wang & Ziegler, pi. 3, fig. 27. 1985 Palmatolepis subrecta Miller & Youngquist - Klapper & Lane, p. 930, fig. 15.11. 1985 Palmatolepis subrecta Miller & Youngquist - Austin, et al., pi."4.6, fig. 1.
1985 Palmatolepis subrecta Miller & Youngquist - Ziegler & Wang, pi. 4, fig. 7. Systematic Taxonomy / 199 1986 Palmatolepis subrecta Miller & Youngquist - Klapper & Foster, pi. 1, fig. 8, pi. 2, fig. 7. 1988 Palmatolepis winchelli (Stauffer, 1938) - Klapper, pi. 1, fig. 8, pi. 2, fig. 5 1988 Palmatolepis winchelli (Stauffer, 1938) - Klapper & Lane, pi. 1, figs. 5, 8. 1988 Palmatolepis subrecta Miller & Youngquist - Orchard, p. 35, pi. 1, figs. 20-21, 24.
Diagnosis: (original, Miller & Youngquist, 1947) This species is based on several specimens with a fairly straight, finely denticulate anteriorly high blade/carina. The carina extends posterior of the azygous node as a low ridge without a distinct branch on the lateral lobe. Oral surface of the plate is concave anteriorly and convex posteriorly, the lateral lobe is concave. On the concave aboral surface there is a poorly developed keel and no well developed growth lines.
Remarks: Klapper (1988) synonymized Palmatolepis winchelli (Stauffer, 1938) with Palmatolepis subrecta Miller & Youngquist, 1947 because Bryantodus winchelli is a prior name applied to the Pb element of the apparatus of Palmatolepis subrecta. Palmatolepis winchelli has a pronounced round-ended outer lobe, straight anterior carina, sigmoidal posterior of central node, an anterior free blade with uniform denticles, and a subcircular inner platform margin (Austin et al., 1985). The upper surface ornamentation is variable but, generally consists of coarse nodes usually concentrated near the margins. Juvenile specimens show little ornamentation as nodes are a later ontogenetic development. The Systematic Taxonomy / 2 00 juvenile platform has a poorly developed lateral lobe and the platform is rhomboid in outline. The convex posterior is maintained in juvenile specimens.
The morphology of Palmatolepis winchelli is highly variable. Palmatolepis winchelli is similar to Palmatolepis triangularis but, has a convex posterior tip rather than a concave tip. The difference between Palmatolepis winchelli and Palmatolepis rhenana is less distinct: Palmatolepis rhenana tends to have a larger inner platform, a more elongate lateral lobe, and uniform nodes. Palmatolepis winchelli is very similar to Palmatolepis hassi which differs in having a relatively larger and wider platform, a straighter full length blade/carina (Cygan, 1979)
Occurrence: Palmatolepis winchelli occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass: (69), Midway: (10), Gataga: (74). North America: Iowa, Arkansas, New York, Ohio, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Utah, Alberta, North West Territories, and Ontario. Europe: Germany, Austria, Belgium, France, Yugoslavia, Spain, Morocco, and Britain. Australia: Canning Basin.
Range: From Upper asymmetricus Zone to linguiformis Zone (Klapper & Ziegler, 1979). Systematic Taxonomy / 2 01 Palmatolepis wolskajae Ovnatanova, 1969 PI. 5, fig. 6
1969 Palmatolepis wolskajae n.sp. Ovnatanova, p. 139, pi. 1, fig. 6. 1973 Palmatolepis aff. Palmatolepis circularis Szulczewski - Sandberg & Ziegler, pi. 1, figs. 1-12. 1977 Palmatolepis wolskajae Ovnatanova - Ziegler, p. 413-414, Pa pi. 14, figs. 12-13.
1985 Palmatolepis wolskajae Ovnatanova - Klapper & Lane, p. 930, fig. 15.15.
1988 Palmatolepis wolskajae Ovnatanova - Orchard, pi. 3, fig. 8. (same specimen)
Diagnosis: (original, Ovnatanova, 1969) Conodonts with a round, slightly undulated platform. The posterior end of the plate is rounded. The lateral lobe is rounded, small, and positioned near the central node. The central node is large and round. The upper surface is shagreen-like. The middle portion of the keel is low.
Remarks: Palmatolepis wolskajae is closely related to Palmatolepis circularis. It is distinguished by three important characteristics: Palmatolepis wolskajae has a broad but definitely elongate platform, whereas Palmatolepis circularis has a subcircular outline; Palmatolepis wolskajae has a well defined, longer, and more slender outer lobe; the posterior carina of Palmatolepis wolskajae is low but distinct, whereas Palmatolepis circularis does not have a posterior carina (Ziegler, 1977). Klapper & Lane (1985) include specimens not displaying a carina posterior of the central node into their Palmatolepis wolskajae Systematic Taxonomy / 2 02 concept. Orchard (1988) described a new species, Palmatolepis canadensis, that is closely related to Palmatolepis wolskajae. Palmatolepis canadensis appeared to occupy an evolutionary position between Palmatolepis wolskajae and its predecessor Palmatolepis triangularis. The development may also have paralleled that of Palmatolepis subperlobata (Orchard, 1988).
Occurrence: Palmatolepis wolskajae occurs in the following areas:
Gataga: (6).
North America: Nevada, Alberta, and North West Territories. Europe: U.S.S.R.
Range: Within crepida Zone (U.S.S.R. Ovnatanova, 1969). Middle - Upper crepida Zone (North America Ziegler, 1977).
Palmatolepis sp. C Orchard, 1988
1988 Palmatolepis sp. C Orchard, pi. 3, fig. 3
Remarks: Orchard (1988) refers to Palmatolepis sp. C as a Frasnian homeomorph of the Famennian Palmatolepis minuta. The species is characterized by a small, triangular, restricted posterior platform, and a relatively long, slightly curved free blade. The carina is subdued posterior of the azygous node.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis sp. C occurs at Macmillan Pass (2) and in the Mount Hawk Formation at Medicine Lake, Alberta. Systematic Taxonomy / 203
Range: Palmatolepis sp. C occurs within a fauna indicative of rhenana Zone. Within the Mount Hawk Formation it occurs in a fauna recognized as Lower rhenana Zone (Orchard, 1988).
Palmatolepis sp. B Klapper & Foster PI. 4, fig. 10
1986 Palmatolepis sp. B Klapper & Foster, pi. 2, figs. 6, 8. 1989 Palmatolepis sp. B Klapper & Foster - Klapper, pi. 2, fig. 3
Diagnosis: The platform outline and shape of the outer lobe distinguishes Palmatolepis sp. B from Palmatolepis hassi. The posterior inner and outer platform of P. sp B is wider than P. hassi. The position of the outer lobe is anterior of the outer lobe for both species however, for P. sp. B, the lobe is broad and less pointed than the outer lobe of P. hassi. The upper platform ornamentation is similar for both species.
Occurrence: Palmatolepis sp. B occurs in the following areas: Macmillan Pass (1) Europe: France
Range: Palmatolepis sp. B occurs in a collection within the rhenana Zone.
Palmatolepis n.sp. A PI. 4, figs. 14-15
Type locality: Macmillan Pass area, Yukon. Systematic Taxonomy / 204 Type strata: Earn Group, near Tom deposit.
Diagnosis: A species of Palmatolepis which is characterized by high anterior platform margins, a straight carina anterior of the central node, and a well developed secondary carina on the outer platform running between the carina and raised platform edge. The platform outline is similar to Palmatolepis proversa but, the posterior is slightly bulbous and the outer platform has a pronounced anteriorly directed lobe almost parallel to the carina. The carina is absent posterior of the central node. A free blade is developed.
Description: The distinguishing feature of this species is the platform outline and the raised outer platform margins. The nodose inner platform margin is the same height as the carina anteriorly but diminishes posterior of the central node. A series of subdued nodes outline the posterior platform margin. There is a small unornamented posterior tip beyond the small nodes. The row of nodes continue on the posterior outer platform margin to a position across from the central node. Anterior of this point the platform margin is a well developed ridge of nodes, equivalent to the height of the carina. The portion of the margin is directed away from the carina line at an acute angle. The anterior outer margin adjacent to the main carina is unornamented. A low, sharp secondary carina is developed immediately anterior of the central node. The secondary carina forms a ridge between the main carina and the outer anterior platform margin. Systematic Taxonomy / 2 05 Remarks: The high, robust platform margins are very distinctive. The development is similar to Palmatolepis proversa but is much more developed. The entire outer platform of Palmatolepis proversa is built-up unlike the new species.
Material: three specimens,
C-118034 84-MJO-MM-5 3 (1 photographed)
Occurrence: Macmillan Pass area, Yukon.
Range: included in small fauna indicative of rhenana Zone through linguiformis Zone.
Genus Polygnathus Hinde, 1879 Type species: Polygnathus dubius, Hinde, 1879
Diagnosis: (original, Hinde, 1879) I propose this genus for an animal possessing numerous minute and variously formed conodont teeth and similarly minute tuberculate plates grouped together, but of which the natural arrangement is not at present known.
Remarks: Diagnosis was amended by Klapper & Philip (1971) to described the multielement nature of the genus. Ziegler (1972) doubted that Polygnathus occurs in the skeletal apparatuses defined by Klapper & Philip (1971). He proposed that Polygnathus as represented by conservative as well as advanced (wide plated) forms, may have possessed an apparatus without ramiform elements Systematic Taxonomy / 2 06
(Ziegler, 1973).
Occurrence: Europe, North America, Asia, Australia, Africa.
Range: Devonian through Lower Carboniferous(Klapper & Ziegler, 1979).
Polygnathus cristatus Hinde, 1879
1879 Polygnathus cristatus n.sp. Hinde, p. 366, pi. 17, fig. 11. 1968 Polygnathus cristatus Hinde - Orr & Klapper, pi. 139, figs. 1-4. 1970 Polygnathus cristatus (?) Hinde - Kirchgasser, p.346-347, pi. 63, figs. 3, 7, 10. 1979 Polygnathus cristatus Hinde - Uyeno, p. 241, pi. 2, figs. 12, 13. 1981 Polygnathus cristatus Hinde - Bultynck & Jacobs, pi. 7, figs. 10-11. 1981 Polygnathus ectypus Huddle - Huddle, p. B30, pi. 7, figs. 16-18, pi. 9, figs. 1-3, 6, 7. 1985 Polygnathus cristatus Hinde - Austin et al., pi. 4.5, figs. 5, 9. 1985 Polygnathus cristatus Hinde - Bardashev & Ziegler, pi. 2, figs. 1-2.
1988 Polygnathus cristatus? Hinde - Klapper, pi. 3, fig. 14. 1989 "Polygnathus cristatus" Hinde - Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, p. 2 01.
Diagnosis: (revised, Ziegler & Klapper, 1982) Polygnathus cristatus specimens have a nearly symmetrical, somewhat oval shaped to subcircular platform outline. The upper surface is covered with coarse, densely packed nodes. Very short adcarinal grooves are Systematic Taxonomy / 207 present at the anterior end of the platform. The basal pit is symmetrical to very slightly asymmetrical, small, and in an anterior position.
Remarks: Ziegler & Klapper (1982) describe the tendency for late specimens of Polygnathus cristatus to develop a slight asymmetry in the shape of the pit. They note that from this a field of transition develops which later splits into two branches: one towards Klapperina disparata and the other to Klapperina disparilis and Klapperina disparalvea. Polygnathus cristatus is distinguished from other broad platform polygnathids by coarser nodes on the upper surface and the development of adcarinal grooves at the anterior end of the platform. Polygnathus cristatus? described by Klapper (1988) has some nodes on the anterior platform that are transversely elongate and several adjacent nodes are commonly fused into short transverse ridges.
Occurrence: Polygnathus cristatus occurs in the following areas: Gataga: (2). North America: North West Territories, New York, and Indiana. Europe: Britain, France, and Germany. Asia: U.S.S.R.
Range: From base of disparilis Zone through punctata Zone (Sandberg et al., 1989). 208
VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY
Abbott, J.G. 1982: Structure and stratigraphy of the Macmillan Fold Belt: evidence for Devonian faulting; in Yukon Geology and Exploration 1981; Department of Indian Affairs and Northern Development (Canada), Open File Report., 16 p. Abbott, J.G., Gordey, S.P., and Tempelman-Kluit, D.J. 1986: Setting of stratiform, sediment-hosted lead-zinc deposits in Yukon and northeastern British Columbia; in Mineral deposits of northern Canadian Cordillera, edited by J.A. Morin, Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, Special Volume 37, p. 1-18.
Anderson, W. I. 1966: Upper Devonian conodonts and the Devonian -Mississippian boundary of north-central Iowa; Journal of Paleontology, v. 40, no. 2, p.395-415.
Austin, R.L., Orchard, M.J., and Stewart, I.J. 1985: Conodonts of the Devonian System from Great Britain; in, A stratigraphic index of conodonts, edited by A.C. Higgins and R. L. Austin, Ellis Horwood Ltd., Chichester, p. 93- 166. Bailes, R.J., Smee, B.W., Blackdar, D.W., and Gardner, H.D. 1986: Geology of the Jason lead-zinc-silver deposits, Macmillan Pass, eastern Yukon; in Mineral deposits of northern Canadian Cordillera, edited by J.A. Morin, Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, Special Volume 37, p. 87-99.
Bardashev I.A. and Zielger, W. 1985: Conodonts from a Middle Devonian section in Tadzhikistan (Kalagach Fm., Middle Asia, USSR); Courier Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, edited by W. Ziegler and R. Werner, Devonian series boundaries- Results of world• wide studies, no. 75, p. 65-78.
Barnes, C.R. and Fahraeus, L.E. 1975; Provinces, communities, and the proposed nektobenthic habit of Ordovician Conodontophorids; Lethaia, v. 8, p. 133-149. Bensaid, M., Bultynck, P., Sartenaer, P. , Walliser, O.H., and Ziegler, W. 1985: The Givetian-Frasnian boundary in pre-Sahara Morocco; Courier Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, edited by W. Ziegler and R. Werner, Devonian series boundaries- Results of world-wide studies, no. 75, p. 287-300. Bibliography /2 09
Bischoff, G. 1956: Oberdevonische conodonten aus dem Rheinschen Schiefergebirge; Hessisches Landesamt Bodenforschung Notizblatt, v. 84, p. 115-137.
Bischoff, G and Ziegler, W. 1956: Das alter der "Urfer Schichten" im Marburger Hinterland nach conodonten; Hessisches Landesamt Bodenforschung Notizblatt, v. 84, p. 138-169.
1957: Die conodontenchronologie des Mitteldevons und des tiefsten Oberdevons; Hessisches Landesamt Bodenforschung, Abhandlungen 22, 136 p.
Blusson, S.L. 1971: Sekwi Mountain map-area, Yukon Territory and District of Mackenzie; Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 71-22, 17 p.
Blusson. S.L. 1974: Geology, Northern Selwyn Basin (Operation Stewart), Yukon and NWT; Geological Survey of Canada, Open File 205.
Boogaard van den, M. and Kuhry, B. 1979: Statistical reconstruction of the Palmatolepis apparatus (Late Devonian conodontophorids) at the generic, subgeneric, and specific level; Scripta Geologica, no. 49, 57 p.
Branson, E.R. and Mehl, M.G. 1934: Conodonts from the Grassy Creek shale of Missouri; University of Missouri studies, v. 8, p 171-259.
Bultynck, P. 1982: Conodont succession and general faunal distribution across Givetian-Frasnian boundary beds in the type area; in Papers on the Frasnian-Givetian boundary, Geological Survey of Belgium, p. 34-59.
1986: Accuracy and reliability of conodont zones: the Polygnathus asymmetricus "zone" and the Givetian-Frasnian boundary; Bulletin de L'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique: Science de la Terre, v. 56, p. 269-280.
Bultynck, P. and Jacobs, L. 1981: Conodontes et sedimentologie des couches de passage du Givetian au Frasnien dans le nord du Tafilalt et dans le Ma'der (Maroc Presaharien); Bulletin Institut royal Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Sciences de la Terre, v. 53, no. 2, p. 1-24. Bibliography /210
Came, R.C. 1979: Geological setting and stratiform lead-zinc-barite mineralization, Tom claims, Macmillan Pass, Yukon Territory; Department of Indian and Northern Affairs, Exploration and Geological Services branch, EGS report 1979-4, 30 p. Came, R.C. and Cathro, R.J. 1982: Sedimentary exhalative (sedex) zinc-lead-silver deposits, northern Canadian Cordillera; Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy Bulletin., v. 75, no. 840, p. 66-78. Chatterton, B. D. E. 1974: Middle Devonian conodonts from the Harrogate Formation, southeast British Columbia; Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 11, p. 1461-1484. Clark, D.L. 1981: Paleoecology, in Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, Part W, Supplement 2, Conodonta, edited by R.A. Robison, Geological Society of America and University of Kansas, p. W87-W92.
1981: Biological Considerations and Extinction; in, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, Part W, Supplement 2, Conodonta, edited by R.A. Robison, Geological Society of America and University of Kansas, p. W83-W87.
Clark D.L. and Becker, J.H. 1960 Upper Devonian correlations in western Utah and eastern Nevada; Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 71, p.1661-1674. Cooper, C.L. 1931: Conodonts from the Arkansas Novaculite, Woodford Formation, Ohio Shale and Sunbury Shale; Journal of Paleontology, v. 5, no. 2, p. 143-151. Cygan C. , 1979: Etude de conodontes Devoniens des Pyrenees et du Massif de Mouthoumet; unpublished Doctorate, University Paul Sabatier, Toulouse, France, 3 40 p. Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. 1982: Regional metallogeny of the northern Cordillera: biostratigraphy, correlation and metallogenic significance of bedded barite occurrences in eastern Yukon and western District of Mackenzie; in Current Research, Part C, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 82-1C, p. 31-38. Dressen, R. 1976: Interspecific morphological relations within the quadrantinodosa stock (Branson & Mehl, 1934) (marginifera- Zone, Upper Devonian); Annales de la Societe Geologique de Belgique, T.99, p. 511-529. Bibliography /211
Dreesen, R and Dusar, M. 1974: Refinement of conodont biozonation in the Famennian type area; Geological Survey of Belgium, International symposium on Belgian micropaleontological limits from Emsian to Visean, pub. 13, p. 1-36.
Dreesen, R., Sandberg, CA., and Ziegler, W. 1986: Review of Late Devonian and Early Carboniferous conodont biostratigraphy and biofacies models as applied to the Ardenne Shelf; Annales de la Societe Geologique de Belgique, T.109, p. 27-42.
Dreesen, R. and Thorez, J. 1980: Sedimentary environments, conodont biofacies and paleoecology of the Belgian Famennian (Upper Devonian) - An approach; Annales de la Societe Geologique de Belgique, T.103, p. 97-110.
Dreesen, R. , Sandberg, CA., and Ziegler, W. 1986: Review of the Late Devonian and Early Carboniferous conodont biostratigraphy and biofacies models as applied to the Ardenne Shelf; Ministry of Economic Affairs, Adm. of Mines, Belgian Geological Survey, Annales de la Societe Geologique de Belgique, T.109, p. 27-42.
E.C Upper Paleozoic and Triassic conodont distribution and the recognition of biofacies; in Conodont Paleozoology, edited by F.H.T. Rhodes, Geological Society of America, Special Paper 141, p. 105-116.
1976: Conodont biostratigraphy of the Upper Devonian reef complexes of the Canning Basin, western Australia; Australia Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics Bulletin, no. 158, 303 p.
Ethington, R.L. 1965: Late Devonian and Early Mississippian conodonts from Arizona and New Mexico; Journal of Paleontology, v. 39, no. 4, p. 566-589.
Fahraeus, L.E. 1982: Palmatolepis conodont apparatuses; empirically derived composition and structure. Geologica et Palaeontologica 16, p. 111-118.
Feist, R. and Klapper, G. 1985: Stratigraphy and conodonts in pelagic sequences across the Middle-Upper Devonian boundary, Montagne Noire, France; Palaeontographica, Abt. A, v. 188, p. 1-18. Bibliography /212
Fritz, W.H. 1980: Two new formations in the Lower Cambrian Atan Group, Cassiar Mountains, North-central British Columbia, in Current Research, Part B, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 80-1B, p. 217-225
Gabrielse, H. 1963: McDame map-area Cassiar district, British Columbia, Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 319, 138 p.
1969: Geology of Jennings River map-area, British Columbia (1040), Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 68-55, 37 p.
1985: Major dextral displacements along Northern Rocky Mountain Trench and related lineaments in north-central British Columbia; Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 960, p. 1-14.
Gabrielse, H and Yorath, C.J. 1989: DNAG #4, The Cordilleran orogen in Canada; Geoscience Canada, v. 16, no. 2, p. 67- 83.
Garcia-Lopez, S. 1986: Basis for the establishment of a new phylogeny of the genus Ancyrodella; Revista Espanola de Micropaleontologia, v. 18, no. 3, p. 443-456.
1987: Los conodontos y su aplicaion al estudio de la divisiones cronostratigraficas mayores del devonico Asturleones (Espana); Instituto Geologico y Minero de Espana, Publicaciones especiales del boletin geologico y minero, 112 p.
Glenister, B.F. and Klapper, G. 1966: Upper Devonian conodonts from the Canning Basin, Western Australia; Journal of Paleontology, v. 40, no. 4, p. 777- 842.
Goodfellow, W.D. 1987: Anoxic stratified oceans as a source of sulphur in sediment-hosted stratiform Zn-Pb deposits (Selwyn Basin, Yukon, Canada); in Isotopes in the sedimentary cycle, Goodfellow, W.D.; Chemical Geology (Isotope Geoscience Section), v. 65, p. 359-382.
Goodfellow, W.D. and Jonasson, I.R. 1987: Environment of formation of the Howards Pass (XY) Zn-Pb deposit, Selwyn Basin, Yukon; in Mineral deposits of northern Canadian Cordillera, edited by J.A. Morin, Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, Special Volume 37, p. 19-50. Bibliography /213
Gordey, S.P. in prep: Geology of Nahanni map-area; Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir.
Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., and Orchard, M.J. 1982: Devono-Mississippian (Earn Group) and younger strata in east-central Yukon; in Current Research, Part B, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 82-1B, p. 93-100.
Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., Tempelman-Kluit, D.J., Gabrielse, H. 1987: "Antler" elastics in the Canadian Cordillera; Geology, v. 15, p. 103-107.
Gordey, S.P. and Irwin, S.E.B. 1987: Geology, Sheldon Lake and Tay River Map areas, Yukon Territory; Geological Survey of Canada, Map 19-1987.
Hauff, P.L. & Airey, J. 1980: The handling, hazards and maintenance of heavy liquids in the geologic laboratory; United States Geological Survey Circular, p. 827, p. 1-24.
Helms, J. 1959: Conodonten aus dem Saalfelder Oberdevon (Thuringen); Geologie, v. 8, p. 634-677.
1963: Zur "phylogenese" und taxionomie von Palmatolepis (Conodontida, Oberdevon); Geologie, v. 12, p. 449-485.
Hinde, G.J. 1879: On conodonts from the Chazy and Cincinnati group of the Cambro-Silurian, and from the Hamilton and Genesse-shale divisions of the Devonian in Canada and the United States; Quarterly Journal, Geological Society of London, v. 35, p. 351-369.
Hou, H.F., Ji, Q., Wang, J.X., Wang, R.G., and Zhang, Z.X. 1985: Biostratigraphy near the Middle-Upper Devonian boundary in Maanshan section, Guangxi, South China; Courier Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, edited by W. Ziegler and R. Werner, Devonian series boundaries- Results of world• wide studies, no. 75, p. 39-52.
Huddle, J.W. 1934: Conodonts from the New Albany Shale of Indiana; Bulletin of American Paleontology, v. 21, no. 72, p. 1-136.
1968: Redescription of Upper Devonian conodont genera and species proposed by Ulrich and Bassler in 1926; United States Geological Survey, Professional Paper 578, p. 1-51. Bibliography /214 1972: Historical introduction to the problems of conodont taxonomy; Geologica et Palaeontologica SB1, p. 3-16. 1981: Conodonts from the Genesse Formation in western New York; United States Geological Survey, Geological Survey Professional Paper 1032-B, 66 p. S.E.B. and Orchard, M.J. Conodont biostratigraphy and constraints on Upper Devonian mineral deposits in the Earn Group, northern British Columbia and Yukon; in Current Research, Part E, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 89-1E, p. 13-19. Jia, H.C, Xian, S.Y., Yand, D.L., Zhou, H.L., Han, Y. J., Chen, Z.H., Wang, J.X., Wang, R.G., Wang, S.T., Zhang, Z.X., and Wei, M. 1988: An ideal Frasnian-Famennian boundary in Ma-Ashan, Zhongping, Xiangzhou, Guangxi, South China; in, Devonian of the World, edited by N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry, and D.J. Glass, Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, Memoir 14, 79-92.
Johnson, J.G. 1979: Intent and reality in biostratigraphic zonation; Journal of Paleontology, v. 53, no. 4, p. 931-942. Johnson, J.G. 1989: Base of the Upper Devonian in the Conodont Zonation; Newsletter Stratigraphie, v. 21, no. 1, p. 11-14. Jonasson, I.R. and Goodfellow, W.D. 1986: Sedimentary and diagenetic textures, and deformation structures within the sulphide zone of Howards Pass (XY) Zn-Pb deposits of the northern cordillera; in Mineral deposits of northern Canadian Cordillera, edited by J.A. Morin, Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, Special Volume 37, p. 51-70.
Kirchgasser, W.T. 1970: Conodonts from near the Middle/Upper Devonian boundary in North Cornwall; Palaeontology, v. 13, pt. 3, p. 3 35-3 54. Klapper, G. 1985: Sequence in conodont genus Ancyrodella in Lower asymmetricus Zone (earliest Frasnian, Upper Devonian) of the Montagne Noire, France; Palaeontographica A, v. 188, p. 19-34. 1988: The Montagne Noire Frasnian (Upper Devonian) conodont succession; in, Devonian of the World, edited by N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry, and D.J. Glass, Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, Memoir 14, 449-468. Bibliography /215 Klapper, R.C. and Barrick, J.E. 1978: Conodont Ecology: Pelagic versus benthic; Lethaia, v. 11, p. 15-23. Klapper, G. and Foster Jr., CT. 1986: Quantification of outlines in Frasnian (Upper Devonian) platform conodonts; Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 23, no. 8, p. 1214-1222. Klapper, G. and Johnson, J.G. 1980: Endemism and dispersal of Devonian conodonts; Journal of Paleontology, v. 54, no. 2, p. 400-455. Klapper, G. and Lane, H.R. 1985: Upper Devonian (Frasnian) conodonts of the Polygnathus biofacies, N.W.T., Canada; Journal of Paleontology, v. 59, no. 4, p. 904-951. 1988: Frasnian (Upper Devonian) conodont sequence at Luscar Mountain and Mount Haultain, Alberta Rocky Mountains; in, Devonian of the World, edited by N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry, and D.J. Glass, Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, Memoir 14, 469-478. Klapper, G and Philip, G.M. 1971: Devonian conodont apparatuses and their vicarious skeletal elements; Lethaia, Vol. 4, p. 429-452. 1972: Familial classification of reconstructed Devonian conodont apparatuses; Geologica et Palaeontologica, SB 1, p. 97- 114.
Klapper, R.C and Ziegler, W. 1979: Devonian conodont biostratigraphy; in The Devonian System, Special Papers in Paleontology 23, p. 199-224.
Lane, H.R., Muller, K. and Ziegler, W. 1979: Devonian and Carboniferous conodonts from Perak, Malaysia; Geologica et Palaeontologica, no.13, p. 213-226. Lindstrom, M. 1964: Conodonts; Elsevier Publishing Co., New York, 196 p. Matya, H 1985; Conodont biofacies in the Famennian Stage of Pomerania, northwestern Poland; in Conodonts: Investigative techniques and applications, edited by R.L. Austin, The British Micropalaeontological Society, Ellis Horwood Ltd. p. 363- 381. Bibliography /216
McClay, K.R. and Bidwell, G.E. 1986: Geology of the Tom deposit, Macmillan Pass, Yukon, in Mineral deposits of northern Canadian Cordillera, edited by J.A. Morin, Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, Special Volume 37, p. 100-114.
McClay, K.R. and Insley, M.W. 1985: Structure and mineralization of the Driftpile Creek area, northern British Columbia (94E/16, 94F/14, 94K/4, 94L/1) ; in Geological Fieldwork, 1985, British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources, Paper 1986-1, p. 343-350.
1986: Structure and stratigraphy of the Gataga fold and thrust belt, northeastern British Columbia; in Current Research, Part A, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 86-1A, p. 259- 264.
McClay, K.R., Insley, M.W., and Anderton, R 1989: Inversion of the Kechika Trough, northeastern British Columbia, Canada; in Inversion Tectonics, edited by M.A. Cooper and G.D. Williams, Geological Society of London, Special Publication, no. 44, p. 235-258. McClay, K.R., Insley, M.W., Way, N.A., and Anderton, R. 1987: Stratigraphy and tectonics of the Gataga area, northeastern British Columbia; (94E/16, 94F/14, 94K/4, 94L/1); in Geological Fieldwork, 1986, British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources, Paper 1987-1, p. 193-200. 1988: Tectonics and mineralization of the Kechika Trough, Gataga area, northeastern British Columbia; in Current Research, Part E, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 88-1E, p. 1-12.
Maclntyre, D.G. 1982: Midway occurrence (T04O/16W); in British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines, and Petroleum Resources, Geological Fieldwork, 1981, Paper 1982-1, p. 162-166. 1982: Geologic setting of recently discovered stratiform barite- sulphide deposits in northeast British Columbia; Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, bulletin 75, no. 840, p. 99-113. 1983: Geology of stratiform barite sulphide deposits in northeastern British Columbia, in Sediment-hosted stratiform Lead-Zinc deposits, edited by D.F. Sangster, Mineralogical Association of Canada, Short Course Notes, v. 9, p. 85-120. Bibliography /217
Mehl, M.G. and Ziegler, W. 1963: A neotype for Palmatolepis gracilis Branson & Mehl 1934; Denison University, Journal of Science Laboratories, v. 45, art. 14, p. 197-206.
Metzger, R.A. 1989: Upper Devonian (Frasnian-Famennian) conodont biostratigraphy in the subsurface of north-central Iowa and southeastern Nebraska; Journal of Paleontology, v. 63, p. 503-524.
Miller, A.K. and Youngquist, W. 1947: Conodonts from the type section of the Sweetland Creek Shale in Iowa; Journal of Paleontology, v. 21, no. 6, p. 501-517.
Monger, J.W.H. and Berg, H.C. 1984: Lithotectonic terrane map of western Canada and southeastern Alaska; in Lithotectonic terrane maps of North American Cordillera, edited by N.J. Silbering and D.L. Jones; United States Geological Survey, Open File Report 84-523.
Moore, R.C. (ed.) 1962: Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, part W, Miscellanea; Geological Society of America and University of Kansas Press, New York and Lawrence, 259 p.
Mound, M.C. 1968: Upper Devonian conodonts from southern Alberta; Journal of Paleontology, v. 42, no. 2, p. 444-524.
Muller, K.J. and Clark, D.L. 1967: Early Late Devonian conodonts from the Squaw Bay Limestone in Michigan; Journal of Paleontology, v. 41, no. 4, p. 902- 919.
Muller, K.J. and Muller, E.M. 1957: Early Upper Devonian (Independence) conodonts from Iowa, Part 1; Journal of Paleontology, v. 31, p. 1069-1108.
Narkiewicz, M. 1978: Stratigraphy and facies development of the Upper Devonian in the Olkusz-Zawiercie area, southern Poland; Acta Geologica Polonica, v. 28, no. 4, p. 415-467.
Nelson, J. and Bradford, J. 1987: Geology of the area around the Midway deposit, northern British Columbia (1040/16), in Geological Fieldwork, 1986, British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources, Paper 1987-1, p. 181-192. Bibliography /218
Nicoll, R.S. 1984: Conodont distribution in the marginal slope facies of the Upper Devonian reef complex, Canning Basin, Western Australia; in Geological Society of America, Special Paper 196, edited by D.L. Clark, p. 127-142. 1985: Multielement composition of the conodont species Polygnathus xylus xylus Stauffer, 1940 and Ozarkodina brevis (Bischoff & Ziegler, 1957) from the Upper Devonian of the Canning Basin, Western Australia; BMR Journal of Australian Geology & Geophysics, v. 9, p. 133-147.
1987: Form and function of the Pa element in the conodont animal; in Paleobiology of Conodonts, edited by R.J. Aldridge, Ellis Horwood Ltd., Chichester, Sussex, p. 78-90.
Noll, J.H., Dutro, Jr., J.T. and Beus, S.S. 1984: A new species of the Late Devonian (Famennian) brachiopod Dzieduszyckia from Sonora, Mexico; Journal of Paleontology, v. 58, no. 6, p. 1412-1421. Norford, B.S. and Orchard, M.J. 1985: Early Silurian age of rocks hosting lead-zinc mineralization at Howards Pass, Yukon Territory and District of Mackenzie: local biostratigraphy of Road River Formation and Earn Group; Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 83-18, 35 p. Norris, A.W. and Uyeno, T.T. 1972: Stratigraphy and conodont faunas of Devonian outcrop belts, Manitoba; Geological Association of Canada, Special paper 9, p. 209-223. 1981: Stratigraphy and paleontology of the lowermost Upper Devonian Slave Point Formation on Lake Claire and the lower Upper Devonian Waterways Formation on Birch River, northeastern Alberta; Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 334, 53 p.
Orchard, M.J. 1974: Famennian conodonts and cavity infills in the Plymouth limestone (S. Devon); in, Proceedings of the Ussher Society, v. 3, pt. 1, p. 49-54. 1988: Conodonts from the Frasnian-Famennian boundary interval in western Canada; in, Devonian of the World, edited by N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry, and D.J. Glass, Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, Memoir 14, 35-52. Bibliography /219 Orchard, M.J. and Irwin, S.E.B. 1988: Conodont biostratigraphy, Midway property, northern British Columbia; in Geological Fieldwork, 1986, British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources, Paper 1987-1, p. 249-253.
Orr, R.W. and Klapper, G. 1968: Two new conodont species from Middle-Upper Devonian boundary beds of Indiana and New York; Journal of Paleontology, v. 42, no. 4, p. 1066-1075.
Ovnatanova, N.S. 1969: Some new conodonts from upper Frasnian and lower Famennian deposits in the central regions of the Russian platform and the southern Timan; Vses. Nauchno-Issled. Geologorazv. Neft. Inst. Trudy, no. 93, p. 139-141. 1976: New Late Devonian conodonts of the Russian Platform; Paleontology Journal, no. 2, p. 210-219.
Pander, C.H. 1856: Monographie der fossilen fische des silurischen Systems der russischbaltischen gouvernements; Akademie Wiss., St. Petersburg, 91 p. Perry, D, Klapper, G, and Lenz, A.C. 1974: Age of the Ogilvie Formation (Devonian), northern Yukon: based primarily on the occurrence of brachiopods and conodonts; Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 11, p. 1055-1097. Philip, G.M. and McDonald, L. 1975: A Provisional phylogeny for some reconstructed Late Devonian polygnathid conodont apparatuses; Alcheringa 1, p. 97-107. Pollock, CA. 1968: Lower Upper Devonian conodonts from Alberta, Canada; Journal of Paleontology, v. 42, no. 2, p. 415-443. Puchkov, V. N., Klapper, G. and Mashkova, T.V. 1981: Natural assemblages of Palmatolepis from the Upper Devonian of the Northern Ural; Acta Palaeontologica Polonica, v. 26, No. 3-4, p. 281-298. Rye, R.O., Shawe, D.R., and Poole, F.G. 1978: Stable isotope studies of bedded barite at East Northumberland Canyon in Toguima Range, central Nevada; Journal of Research, United States Geological Survey, v. 6, no. 2, p. 221-229. Bibliography /220
Sandberg, CA. 1976: Conodont biofacies of the Late Devonian Polygnathus styriacus Zone in western United States, in Conodont paleoecology, edited by C. R. Barnes, Geological Association of Canada Special Paper 15, p. 171-186. 1979: Devonian and Lower Mississippian conodont zonation of the Great Basin and Rocky Mountains; in Conodont biostratigraphy of the Great Basin and Rock Mountains, edited by CA. Sandberg and Clark, D.L., Brigham Young University Geology Studies, v. 126, Pt.3, p. 87-106. Sandberg, CA. and Dreesen, R. 1984: Late Devonian Icriodontid biofacies models and alternate shallow water conodont zonation; in Geological Society of America, Special Paper 196, p. 143-178. Sandberg, CA. and Gutschick, R.C. 1979: Guide to conodont biostratigraphy of Upper Devonian and Mississippian rocks along the Wasatch Front and Cordilleran Hingeline, Utah; in Conodont Biostratigraphy of the Great Basin and Rocky Mountains, edited by CA. Sandberg and D.L. Clark, Brigham Young University Geology Studies, v. 126, Pt.3, p. 107-134. 1980: Sedimentation and biostratigraphy of Osagean and Meramecian starved basin and foreslope, western United States; in Paleozoic Paleogeography Symposium 1, edited by T.D. Fouch and E.R. Magathan, p. 129-147. 1984: Distribution, microfauna, and source-rock potential of Mississippian Delle Phosphatic Member of Woodman Formation and equivalents, Utah and Adjacent States; in Hydrocarbon Source Rocks of the Greater Rocky Mountain region, edited by J. Woodward, F.F. Meissner, and J.L. Clayton, Denver, Colorado, Rocky Mountain Association of Geologists, p. 135-178.
Sandberg, CA. , Poole, F.G., and Johnson, J.G. 1988: Upper Devonian of western United States; in, Devonian of the World, edited by N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry, and D.J. Glass, Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, Memoir 14, 183-220. Sandberg, CA. and Ziegler, W. 1973: Refinement of standard Upper Devonian conodont zonation based on sections in Nevada and West Germany; Geologica et Palaeontologica, v. 7, p. 97-122. Bibliography /221
1979: Taxonomy and biofacies of important conodonts of Late Devonian styriacus-Zone, United States and Germany; Geologica et Palaeontologica, v. 13, p. 173-212.
Sandberg, CA., Ziegler, W., and Bultynck, P. 1989: New standard conodont zones and early Ancyrodella phylogeny across the Middle-Upper Devonian boundary; Courier Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, edited by W. Ziegler, no. 110, p. 195-230.
Sandberg, CA., Ziegler, W., Dreesen, R., and Butler, J.L. 1988: Late Frasnian mass extinction: conodont event stratigraphy, global changes, and possible causes; in 1st International Senckenberg Conference and 5th European Conodont Symposium (ECOS V) Contributions 1, edited by W. Ziegler, Courier Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg 102, p. 2 63-3 07.
Sannemann, D. 1955: Oberdevonische conodonten (to II ); Senckenbergiana Lethaea, Bd. 36, nu. 1/2, p. 123-156.
Schmidt, H. 1934: Conodonten-Funde in ursprunglichem Zusamenhang; Palaontologie Zeitschr., v. 16, p. 76-85.
Scott, A.J. 1934: The zoological relationships of the conodonts; Journal of Paleontology, v. 8, p. 448-455.
Scott, A.J. and Collinson, C. 1959: Intraspecific variability in conodonts: Palmatolepis glabra Ulrich & Bassler: Journal of Paleontology, v. 33, no. 4, p. 550-565.
Seddon, G. 1970: Frasnian conodonts from the Sadler Ridge-Bugle Gap Area, Canning Basin, Western Australia; Journal of the Geological Society of Australia, v. 16, Pt.2, p. 723-753.
Seddon, G. and Sweet, W.C 1971: An ecologic model for conodonts; Journal of Paleontology, V. 45, No. 5, p. 869-880.
Spaletta, C, Perri, M.C, and Vai, G.B. 1983: Patterns of conodont reworking in the Upper Devonian of the Alps: palaeoenvironmental and palaeotectonic implications; Lethaia, v. 16, p. 51-66.
Stauffer, CR. 1938: Conodonts of the Olentangy Shale; Journal of Paleontology, v. 12, p. 411-443. Bibliography /2 22
Stone, J 1986: Review of investigative techniques used in the study of conodonts; in Conodonts: Investigative techniques and applications, edited by R.L. Austin, The British Micropalaeontological Society, Ellis Horwood Ltd. p. 19- 34.
Stritzke, R. 1986: Conodont biofacies of Middle and Upper Devonian limestones, Brilon area, West Germany; Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology, v. 52, p. 215-226.
Sweet, W.C. 1981: Morphology and composition of elements; in Treatise of Invertebrate Paleontology, Part W, Supplement 2, Conodonta, edited by R.A. Robinson, Geological Society of America and University of Kansas Press, New York and Lawrence, p. W5-W20.
1988: The Conodonta, morphology, taxonomy, paleoecology, and evolution of a long-extinct animal phylum; Oxford Monographs on Geology and Geophysics, no.10, Claredon Press, Oxford, 212 p.
Sweet, W.C. and Bergstrom, S.M. 1970: The generic concept in conodont taxonomy; North American Paleonotological Congress Convention, Proceedings 1969, Part C, p. 157-173.
1981: Biostratigraphy and evolution; in Treatise of Invertebrate Paleontology, Part W, Supplement 2, Conodonta, edited by R.A. Robinson, Geological Society of America and University of Kansas Press, New York and Lawrence, p. W92-W100.
Szulczewski, M. 1971: Upper Devonian conodonts, stratigraphy and facial development in the Holy Cross Mountains; Acta Palaeontologica Polonica, v. 23, p. 15-59.
Taylor, G.C. and Stott, D.F. 1973: Tuchodi Lakes map-area, British Columbia; Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 373, 37 p.
Turner, R. 1983: Geology of the south zone deposits Jason property, Macmillan Pass, Yukon; Yukon Exploration and Geology 1983, p. 105-115.
Turner, R. 1988: Massive sulphide deposits of mid-Paleozoic age; Mining Review, November/December, p. 4 3-47. Bibliography /223
Ulrich, E.O. and Bassler, R.S. 1926: A classification of the toothlike fossils, conodonts, with descriptions of American Devonian and Mississippian species; Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, v. 68, no. 12, 63 p.
Uyeno, T.T. 1967: Conodont zonation, Waterways Formation (Upper Devonian), northeastern and central Alberta; Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 67-3 0, 21 p. 1974: Conodonts of the Waterways Formation (Upper Devonian) of northeastern and central Alberta; Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 232, 93 p. 1979: Devonian conodont biostratigraphy of Powell Creek and adjacent areas, western District of Mackenzie; in Western and Arctic Canadian Biostratigraphy, edited by CR. Stelck and B.D.E. Chatterton, Geological Association of Canada Special paper, no. 18, p. 233-257.
Wang, C and Ziegler, W. 1983: Devonian conodont biostratigraphy of Guangxi, South China, and the correlation with Europe; Geologica et Palaeontologica, no. 17, p. 75-107. Wheeler, J.O. and McFeely, P. 1987: Tectonic assemblage map of the Canadian Cordillera and adjacent areas of the United States of America; Geological Survey of Canada, Open File 1565, 1:2,000,000. Winder, C.G. 1966: Conodont zones and stratigraphic variability in Upper Devonian rocks, Ontario; Journal of Paleontology, v. 40, no. 6, p. 1275-1293. Winn, R.D. and Bailes, R.J. 1987: Stratiform lead-zinc sulfides, mudflows, turbidites: Devonian sedimentation along a Devonian submarine fault scarp of extensional origin, Jason Project, Yukon Territory, Canada; Geological Society of America Bulletin, V. 98, p. 528-539. Youngquist, W.L. 1945: Upper Devonian conodonts from the Independence Shale (?) of Iowa; Journal of Paleontology, v. 19, no. 4, p. 3 55- 367. 1947: A new Upper Devonian conodont fauna from Iowa; Journal of Paleontology; v.21, p. 95-112. Bibliography /224
Ziegler, W. 1958: Conodontenfeinstratigraphische Untersuchungen an der Grenze Mitteldevon/Oberdevon und in der Adorfstufe; Hessisches Landesamt Bodenforschung Notizblatt, v. 87, p. 7-77. 1960: Conodonten aus dem Rheinischen Unterdevon (Gedinnium) des Remscheider Sattels (Rheinisches Schiefergebirge); Palaontologie Zeitschr., v. 34, p. 169-201.
1962: Taxionomie und phylogenie Oberdevonischer conodonten und ihre stratigraphische Bedeutung; Hessisches Landesamt Bodenforschung, Abhandlungen 38, 166 p. 1971: Conodont stratigraphy of the European Devonian, in Symposium on conodont biostratigraphy, edited by W.C. Sweet and S.M. Bergstrom; Geological Society of America, Memoir 127, p. 227-284.
1972: Uber devonische conodonten-apparate; in Symposium on conodont taxonomy, edited by M. Lindstrom & W. Ziegler, Geologica et Palaeontologica Sonderbd, no. 1, p. 91-96. Ziegler, W. (ed.) 1973: Catalogue of Conodonts; E. Schweizerbart'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung, v. I, 504 p. 1975: Catalogue of Conodonts; E. Schweizerbart*sche Verlagsbuchhandlung, v. II, 4 04 p. 1977: Catalogue of Conodonts; E. Schweizerbart'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung, v. Ill, 574 p. Ziegler, W. and Klapper, G. 1982: The disparilis conodont Zone, the proposed level for the Middle - Upper Devonian boundary; Courier Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, edited by W. Ziegler and R. Werner, Devonian series boundaries- Results of world• wide studies, no. 75, p. 463-492. 1985: Stages of the Devonian System; Episodes, v. 8, no. 2, p. 104-109.
Ziegler, W., Klapper, G., and Johnson, L. 1976: Redefinition and subdivision of the varcus Zone (conodonts, Middle-?Upper Devonian) in Europe and North America; Geologica et Palaeontologica, no. 10, p. 109-140. Bibliography /225
Ziegler, W. and Klapper, G. 1964: Polygnathus asymmetricus ovalis n.subsp., in Ziegler, W., Klapper, G. and Lindstrom, M., The validity of the name Polygnathus (Conodonta, Devonian and Lower Carboniferous) ; Journal of Paleontology, v. 38, p. 421-423.
Ziegler, W. and Lane, H.R. 1987: Cycles in Conodont evolution from Devonian to mid-Carboniferous; in Paleobiology of Conodonts, edited by R.J. Aldridge, Ellis Horwood Ltd., Chichester, Sussex, p. 147-163.
Ziegler, W. and Sandberg, CA. 1984: Palmatolepis Based Revision of the upper part of the Late Devonian Conodont Zonation; in Geological Society of America, Special Paper 196, edited by D.L. Clark, p. 179-194.
Ziegler, W. and Wang, C 1985: Sihongshan section, a regional reference section for the Lower-Middle and Middle-Upper Devonian boundaries in East Asia; Courier Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, edited by W. Ziegler and R. Werner, Devonian series boundaries- Results of world-wide studies, no. 75, p. 17-38. 226
VII. PLATES
PLATE 1
Figures 1-2: Ancyrodella rotundiloba (Bryant); upper and lower views, X60, GSC Loc. No. C-102892, Gataga.
Figures 3-4: Ancyrodella aff. A. lobata Ziegler; lower and upper views, X90, GSC Loc. No. C-116673, Gataga.
Figure 5: lanceolate polygnathid, upper view, X60, GSC Loc. No. C-102281, Macmillan Pass.
Figures 6-7: Ancyrodella aff. A. binodosa Uyeno; upper and lower views, X50, GSC Loc. No. C-088250, Midway.
Figures 8, 10: Ancyrodella nodosa Ulrich & Bassler; lower and upper views, X90, GSC Loc. No. C-102340, Macmillan Pass.
Figures 9, 12: Icriodus symmetricus Branson & Mehl 9: upper view, X60, GSC Loc. No. C-102891, Gataga. 12: upper view, X60, GSC Loc. No. C-102874, Gataga. Figure 11: Polylophodonta sp.; upper view, X40, GSC Loc. No. C-118547, Gataga.
Figures 13-14: Ancyrodella gigas Youngquist; upper and lower views, X80, GSC Loc. No. C-103232, Midway.
228
PLATE 2
Figures 1-2, 11-12: Mesotaxis asymmetrica (Bischoff & Ziegler) Klapper & Philip I- 2: upper and lower views, X65, GSC Loc. No. C-102891, Gataga. II- 12: lower and upper views, X50, GSC Loc. No. C-087543, Macmillan Pass.
Figures 3-4: Klapperina disparalvea Orr & Klapper; lower and upper views, X50, GSC Loc. No. C-102874, Gataga.
Figures 5-6: Mesotaxis falsiovalis Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck; upper and lower views, X90, GSC Loc. No. C-102891, Gataga.
Figures 7-8: Klapperina ovalis (Huddle) Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck; lower and upper views, X50, GSC Loc. No. C-102891, Gataga.
Figures 9-10: Klapperina disparilis (Ziegler & Klapper) Lane, Muller, & Ziegler; upper and lower views, X50, GSC Loc. No. C-102874, Gataga.
230
PLATE 3
Figures 1-3, 4-6: Klapperina ovalis (Huddle) Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck 1-2: upper and lower views, X90, GSC Loc. No. C-102891, Gataga. 3: detail of basal cavity from same specimen, X180, GSC Loc. No. C-102891, Gataga. 4: detail of basal cavity, X180, GSC Loc. No. C- 102891, Gataga. 5-6: lower and upper views of same specimen, X90, GSC Loc. No. C-102891, Gataga.
Figures 7-9: Mesotaxis falsiovalis Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck 7-8: upper and lower views, X70, GSC Loc. No. C-102891, Gataga. 9: detail of basal cavity from same specimen, X140, GSC Loc. No. C-102891, Gataga.
232
PLATE 4
All views are of the upper surface unless noted.
Figures 1, Palmatolepis transitans Muller 1: X70, GSC Loc. No. C-116673, Gataga. 5: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-102891, Gataga. Figure 2: Palmatolepis punctata (Hinde) Ziegler; X60, GSC Loc. No. C-087700, Macmillan Pass.
Figures 3, 7, 13: Palmatolepis rhenana Bischoff 3 : X60, GSC Loc. No. C-102340, Macmillan Pass. 7: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-087700, Macmillan Pass. 13 : X50, GSC Loc. No. C-087558, Macmillan Pass. Figures 4, 8, 12: Palmatolepis winchelli (Stauffer) 4: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-102340, Macmillan Pass. 8: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-118032, Macmillan Pass. 12: X80, GSC Loc. No. C-102340, Macmillan Pass. Figures 6, 11: Palmatolepis proversa Ziegler 6: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-118032, Macmillan Pass. 11: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-118902, Gataga. Figure 9: Palmatolepis foliacea Youngquist; X60, GSC Loc. No, C-102281, Macmillan Pass.
Figure 10: Palmatolepis sp. B Klapper & Foster; X60, GSC Loc. No. C-087558, Macmillan Pass. Figures 14-15: Palmatolepis n.sp. A 14 : X60, GSC Loc. No. C-118034, Macmillan Pass, 15: lateral view at a 45° tilt of same specimen, X60, GSC Loc. No. C-118034, Macmillan Pass.
234
PLATE 5 All views of upper surface.
Figure 1: Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann; X40, GSC Loc. No. C-118892, Gataga.
Figure 2: Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann; X40, GSC Loc. No. C-118892, Gataga.
Figures 3-4: Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis Cooper 3: X70, GSC Loc. No. C-118892, Gataga. 4: X70, GSC Loc. No. C-116684, Gataga. Figure 5: Palmatolepis subperlobata subsp. A Helms; X7 0, GSC Loc. No. C-087562, Macmillan Pass. Figures 7, 11, 16: Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson & Mehl 7: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-118917, Gataga. 11: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-118880, Gataga. 16: X70, GSC Loc. No. C-118880, Gataga. Figure 6: Palmatolepis wolskajae Ovnatanova; X60, GSC Loc. No. C-087562, Gataga. Figures 8, 12: Palmatolepis minuta subsp.; X70, GSC Loc. No. C-118917, Gataga. Figures 9-10: Palmatolepis poolei Sandberg & Ziegler 9: X70, GSC Loc. No. C-108160, Macmillan Pass. 10: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-108160, Macmillan Pass. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann; X70, Figure 13: GSC Loc. No. C-118917, Gataga. Palmatolepis minuta minuta Branson & Mehl; X70, GSC Figure 14: Loc. No. C-118924, Gataga. Palmatolepis stoppeli Sandberg & Ziegler; X80, GSC Figure 15: Loc. No. C-108160, Macmillan Pass. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata morphotype 1 Figure 17: Sandberg & Ziegler; X70, GSC Loc. No. C-087562, Macmillan Pass.
Figure 18: Palmatolepis rhomboidea Sannemann; X90, GSC Loc. No. C-116719, Gataga 235 236
PLATE 6 All views of upper surface.
Figure 1: Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa inflexa Ziegler; X50, GSC Loc. No. C-087685, Macmillan Pass.
Figures 2, 6: Palmatolepis klapperi Sandberg & Ziegler; X60, GSC Loc. No. C-108160, Macmillan Pass.
Figures 3, 5, 10: Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa inflexoidea Ziegler 3: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-118884, Gataga. 5: X70, GSC Loc. No. C-116914, Gataga. 10: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-118924, Gataga. Figures 4, 8, 12: Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi Muller 4: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-116697, Gataga. 8: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-116914, Gataga. 12: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-108159, Macmillan Pass. Figure 7: Palmatolepis glabra aff. P. g. glabra Ulrich & Bassler; X40, GSC Loc. No. C-108160, Macmillan Pass. Figures 9, 14 : Palmatolepis glabra acuta Helms 9: X3 0, GSC Loc. No. C-116957, Gataga. 14: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-116914, Gataga. Palmatolepis perlobata aff. P. p. schindewolfi Figure 11: Muller; X30, GSC Loc. No. C-116914, Gataga. Palmatolepis guadrantinodosa n.subsp. A; X60, GSC Figure 13: Loc. No. C-116914, Gataga.
238
PLATE 7 All views of upper surface.
Figures 1, 4, 6: Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle morphotype 2 1: X70, GSC Loc. No. C-116958, Gataga. 4: X70, GSC Loc. No. C-118547, Gataga. 6: X70, GSC Loc. No. C-118924, Gataga.
Figures 2, 3, 5: Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle morphotype 1 2: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-116697, Gataga. 3: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-118539, Gataga. 5: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-116983, Gataga.
Figures 7, 12, 13: Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle 7: X40, GSC Loc. No. C-116997, Gataga. 12: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-116914, Gataga. 13: X30, GSC Loc. No. C-108159, Macmillan Pass. Figures 8-11, 17, 19: Palmatolepis glabra distorta Branson & Mehl 8: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-116697, Gataga. 9: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-108159, Macmillan Pass. 10, 17: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-118884, Gataga. 11: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-116697, Gataga. 19: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-108159, Macmillan Pass. Figures 14-15, 20-21: Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler 14: X70, GSC Loc. No. C-118884, Gataga. 15: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-116958, Gataga. 20: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-118547, Gataga. 21: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-116958, Gataga. Figure 16: Palmatolepis glabra pectinata morphotype 1, Sandberg & Ziegler; X65, GSC Loc. No. C-118884, Macmillan Pass.
Figure 18: Palmatolepis glabra aff. P. g. pectinata Ziegler; X60, GSC Loc. No. C-116697, Gataga. 239 240
PLATE 8
All views of upper surface.
Figures 1, 2, 5-11: Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera Helms 1: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-116914, transitional to Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis, Gataga. 2: X70, GSC Loc. No. C-118924, transitional to Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis, Gataga. 5: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-116957, Gataga. 6: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-116914, Gataga. 7: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-116697, Gataga. 8: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-108159, Macmillan Pass. 9: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-116914, Gataga. 10: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-118884, Gataga. 11: X80, GSC Loc. No. C-118924, Gataga.
Figures 3-4: Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis Ziegler & Sandberg 3: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-116914, Gataga. 4: X70, GSC Loc. No. C-118924, Gataga.
Figures 12: Palmatolepis aff. P. rugosa trachytera Ziegler 12: X60, GSC Loc. No. C-116697, Gataga.
Figures 13, 15-16: Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera Ziegler 13: X50, GSC Loc. No. C-108159, Macmillan Pass. 15: X30, GSC Loc. No. C-108159, Macmillan Pass. 16: X40, GSC Loc. No. C-108159, Macmillan Pass.
Figure 14: Palmatolepis glabra prima Ziegler & Huddle; X30, GSC Loc. No. C-116958, Gataga.
242
Table III. Distribution of Frasnian conodont species in the Macmillan Pass area of southeast Yukon and southwest North West Territories (99 denotes there are at least 99 elements). Macmillan Pass Loc . Frasnian conodont fauna C-08769 5 C-08769 6 C-10197 8 C-08769 7 C-10197 9 C-08642 5 C-08754 3 C-08754 4 C-08754 5 C-08754 2 C-11803 2 C-11803 3 C-11803 4 C-11803 5 C-08755 7 C-08756 0 C-10234 2 C-08769 1 C-11803 0 C-08768 6 C-10228 1 C-10232 0 C-10232 1 C-10234 0 C-08769 8 C-08769 9 C-08700 0 C-08755 8 C-10258 6 GSC . Ancyrodella sp. 1 1 Ancyrodella curvata 1 Ancyrodella gigas 1 Ancyrodella ioides 1 Ancyrodella nodosa 1 1 1 Icriodus sp. 1 2 Icriodus symmetricus 1 3 1 Palmatolepis sp. 2 7 12 4 1 6 5 15 6 1 37 6 Klapperina ovalis 1 1 2 Hesotaxis asymmetrica 1 1 1 2 Palmatolepis foliacea 5 4 3 Palmatolepis hassi 1 6 4 3 5 1 1 Palmatolepis proversa 1 20 6 7 4 Palmatolepis punctata 1 1 Palmatolepis rhenana 2 3 8 11 1 1 4 1 2 8 6 3 Palmatolepis transitans 1 Palmatolepis winchelli . 12 6 1 4 5 2 20 6 11 1 1 2 9 2 Palmatolepis sp. C Orchard, 1988 1 1 Palmatolepis sp. B Klapper, 1986 1 Palmatolepis n.sp. A 3 Polygnathus sp. 5 3 34 4 21 1 2 7 4 24 4 9 6 3 1 4 1 Polygnathus dubius 1 7 Polygnathus linguiformis subsp. 1 4 1 1 1 rami form elements 2 16 2 15 7 15 2 4 12 40 40 31 3 50 4 24 8 24 9 37 50 25 6 5 6 20 30 25
to
W 244
Table IV. Distribution of Frasnian conodont species in the Midway and Gataga areas of northern British Columbia (99 denotes there are at least 99 elements). Midway Gataga
CN n CN f». Loc . o Piasnian conodont fauna rH C-14310 1 C-08825 0 C-08635 7
1 C-08823 9 C-11894 6 C-10287 4 C-11853 7 C-10287 9 C-10289 1 C-10289 2 C-11855 0 C-11854 3 C-11890 2 C-11890 3 C-11890 8 C-11665 9 C-11667 3
SSC . u Ancyrodella sp. 1 1 1 Ancyrodella binodosa 3 Ancyrodella gigas 1 Ancyrodella ioides 2 1 Ancyrodella lobata 1 Ancyrodella nodosa 1 Ancyrodella rotundiloba 1 Icriodus sp. 20 3 2 1 3 5 Icriodus brevis 1 Icriodus symmetricus 7 16 Icriodus nodosus 1 Klapperina disparalis 5 Klapperina disparalvea 13 Klapperina disparata 1 Klapperina ovalis 1 29 Hesotaxis asymmetrica 19 6 Hesotaxis dengleri 1 Mesotaxis falsiovalis 28 5 Palmatolepis sp. 8 2 2 3 5 4 12 Palmatolepis domanicensis 1 4 Palmatolepis hassi 2 1 Palmatolepis proversa 1 8 4 2 Palmatolepis punctata 2 Palmatolepis rhenana 3 7 Palmatolepis triangularis 2 Palmatolepis transitans 1 7 5 1 10 Palmatolepis winchelli 10 2 8 17 3 26 8 Polygnathus sp. 40 3 1 1 39 6 14 2 1 1 3 22 99 2 "Polygnathus" cristatus 1 1 Polygnathus dubius 6 rami form elements 30 5 20 40 1 50 50 3 40 40 2 37 99 7 99 99 246
Table V. Distribution of Famennian conodont species and subspecies in the Macmillan Pass area of southeast Yukon and southwest North West Territories and the Midway area of northern British Columbia (99 denotes there are at least 99 elements). Macmillan Pass Midway Loc . O -09342 4 C -08628 5 C -08628 6 C -08641 3 C -08758 8 C -08768 5 C -08756 1 C -08756 2
Famennian conodont fauna C -08758 9 C -08992 9 C -08993 3 C -10815 9 C -10816 0 C -14298 4 C -11825 3 C -11825 6 C -15790 5 C -15790 6 C -15790 8 C -15791 0 C -15790 7 C -15790 9 C -15792 8 C -15792 4 C -15792 9 C -15793 8 C -15793 9 C- 15383 5 GSC .
Palmatolepis crepida 1 1 2 2 Palmatolepis glabra subsp. 1 7 4 2 Palmatolepis g. acuta 2 2 5 8 1 1 2 2 1 4 1 3 Palmatolepis g. distorta 19 9 43 Palmatolepis g. glabra 10 1 Palmatolepis g. lepta 7 3 7 6 9 6 7 6 8 5 6 3 3 2 Palmatolepis g. lepta morph. 1 3 Palmatolepis g. lepta morph. 2 6 11 14 Palmatolepis g. pectinata 1 4 10 9 35 3 16 5 1 3 5 2 9 5 6 5 1 6 Palmatolepis g. prima 6 3 4 10 4 5 5 2 Palmatolepis gracilis gracilis 2 3 Palmatolepis klapperi 2 10 3 Palmatolepis m. marginifera 1 7 8 35 1 Palmatolepis minuta subsp. 3 10 5 2 1 1 3 Palmatolepis m. minuta 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 3 2 6 Palmatolepis m. loba 2 1 2 Palmatolepis perlobata subsp. 1 2 Palmatolepis p. schindewolfi 2 2 17 1 1 Palmatolepis poolei 1 14 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa subsp. 1 Palmatolepis q. inflexa 1 1 Palmatolepis q. Inflexoidea 1 1 Palmatolepis quadrant inodosalobata 1 1 1 Palmatolepis q. morph. 1 11 Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 3 1 1 Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera 1 6 Palmatolepis subperlobata 5 7 5 5 8 15 5 1 3 1 11 4 2 Palmatolepis tenuipunctata 2 1 2 2 2 2 Palmatolepis triangularis 9 1 1 Polygnathus sp. 6 3 2 2 5 1 3 2 2 2 4 1 2 3 1 2 Polylophodonta sp. 1 rami form elements 20 5 5 6 17 5 50 6 30 40 20 99 99 20 50 30 50 15 4 10 10 20 7 248
Table VI. Distribution of Famennian conodont species and subspecies in the Gataga area of northern British Columbia (99 denotes there are at least 99 elements). Gataga C-11854 0 C-11854 4 C-11853 9 C-11854 7 C-11854 8 C-11890 7 C-11891 4 C-11891 5 C-11891 7 C-11892 3 C-11892 4 C-11888 4 C-11888 9 C-11695 4 C-11888 0 C-11889 2 C-11695 5 C-11695 6 C-11695 7 C-11695 8 C-11696 2 C-11696 5 C-11696 9 C-11697 7 C-11698 1 C-11697 9 C-11698 0 C-11698 3 C-11699 0 C-11699 2 Famennian conodont fauna C-11699 1 GSC . Loc
Palmatolepis crepida 6 Palmatolepis delicatula clarki 6 Palmatolepis glabra subsp. 3 4 2 5 3 7 2 1 1 2 Palmatolepis g. acuta 2 Palmatolepis g. distorta 3 1 14 45 1 1 6 2 2 4 Palmatolepis g. lepta 4 1 2 2 10 1 7 3 3 1 3 Palmatolepis g. lepta morph. 1 2 5 4 6 4 1 Palmatolepis g. lepta morph. 2 2 7 3 7 16 11 11 11 1 2 11 Palmatolepis g. pectinata 2 2 12 2 5 2 13 22 34 3 2 2 13 2 2 8 Palmatolepis g. prima 4 1 4 3 1 1 1 1 Palmatolepis g. prima morph. 2 2 2 Palmatolepis marginifera subsp. 1 Palmatolepis m. marginifera 5 15 1 2 3 16 44 33 1 7 3 3 1 2 3 Palmatolepis m. utahensis 2 1 1 10 2 1 1 Palmatolepis minuta subsp. 3 20 11 1 1 1 Palmatolepis m. minuta 9 1 2 1 15 35 4 Palmatolepis m. loba 4 Palmatolepis perlobata subsp. 2 Palmatolepis p. schindewolfi 1 1 1 8 15 2 Palmatolepis q. quadrantinodosa 1 1 Palmatolepis q. inflexa 1 2 Palmatolepis q. inflexoidea 2 9 3 2 1 Palmatolepis q. n. subsp. A 2 1 1 1 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata 2 4 9 3 Palmatolepis q. morph. 1 4 Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis 2 Palmatolepis stoppeli 2 Palmatolepis subperlobata 2 1 11 2 1 Palmatolepis tenuipunctata 1 Palmatolepis triangularis 7 Palmatolepis wolskajae 6 Polygnathus sp. 7 2 4 3 8 2 2 1 2 2 Polylophodonta sp. 1 1 2 rami form elements 18 50 10 4 2 21 41 4 99 99 60 6 60 2 8 3 1 60 3 8 2 2 3
to 250
Table VII. Distribution of Famennian conodont species and subspecies in the Gataga area of northern British Columbia (99 denotes there are at least 99 elements). Gataqa
IT) r~ CO vo VO vO vO r-l rH Loc. i r-l rH 1 C-11699 4 C-11691 2 C-116993 J C-116997 j C-116907 j C-116914 I C-11700 0 C-11690 9 C-116669 ! C-116695 ! C-116697 ! C-11669 8 C-116722 1 C-116693 1 C-116713 | C-116714 1 C-11671 5 C-11671 8 C-116720 J Famennian conodont fauna u CJ C-116719 i C-116724 J C-11673 0 C-102884 J GSC . Palmatolepis glabra subsp. 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 64 Palmatolepis g. acuta 1 Palmatolepis g. distorta 3 1 7 22 1 4 2 33 Palmatolepis g. lepta 1 3 1 8 1 1 1 2 Palmatolepis g. lepta morph. 1 1 1 3 3 5 Palmatolepis g. lepta morph. 2 1 2 1 1 2 10 10 7 Palmatolepis g. pectinata 1 4 1 19 9 10 1 1 1 5 1 1 5 Palmatolepis g. prima 1 Palmatolepis gracilis subsp. 1 Palmatolepis klapperi 2 Palmatolepis marginifera subsp. 99 Palmatolepis m. marginifera 1 32 1 1 20 1 2 12 38 Palmatolepis m. utahensis 17 4 Palmatolepis minuta subsp. 2 1 1 Palmatolepis m. minuta 4 19 Palmatolepis perlobata subsp. 3 Palmatolepis p. schindewolfi 22 1 9 1 2 Palmatolepis q. guadrantinodosa 1 Palmatolepis g. inflexa 8 1 Palmatolepis q. inflexoidea 1 2 4 Palmatolepis q. n. subsp. A 10 Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata 7 Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis 2 Palmatolepis rhomboidea 4 Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera 1 Palmatolepis subperlobata 14 1 9 Palmatolepis tenuipunctata 2 Palmatolepis triangularis 1 Polygnathus sp. 3 1 4 1 1 rami form elements 1 2 4 7 22 99 12 60 99 5 1 24 50 99 252
VIII. APPENDICES
A. MACMILLAN PASS LOCALITY AND SAMPLE INFORMATION
1. Givetian - Frasnian
GSC location number: C-087695 field number: K.M. Dawson, 1981; DY1981 map area: 1051/7, Nahanni latitude and longitude: 62°24!; 128°30' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 525710E; 6918650N. geographic description: GHMS claims. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Grey limestone bed ?15 m below barite. lithology: carbonate. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Middle to Late Devonian; age: late Givetian to early Frasnian; conodont zone: Late falsiovalis through middle Upper asymmetricus. reference: Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982) *************************
GSC location number: C-08769 6 field number: K.M. Dawson, 1981; DY1984 map area: 1051/7-8, Nahanni latitude and longitude: 62°24'; 128°30' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 525710E; 6918650N. geographic description: GHMS claims. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; formation: Portrait Lake Formation stratigraphic description: Grey limestone ?15 m beneath bedded barite locality, lithology: Grey limestone colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Middle to Late Devonian; age: late Givetian to early Frasnian; conodont zone: Late falsiovalis through middle Upper asymmetricus. reference: Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982) Macmillan Pass /253
GSC location number: C-087697 field number: K.M. Dawson, 1981; DY1985 map area: 1051/7-8, Nahanni latitude and longitude: 62°24'; 128°30' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 525710E; 6918650N. geographic description: GHMS claims. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation, stratigraphic description: Grey limestone ?6 m beneath bedded barite locality lithology: grey limestone colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Middle to Late Devonian; age: late Givetian to earliest Frasnian; conodont zone: hermani-cristatus into Early falsiovalis. reference: Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982)
*************************
GSC location number: C-101978 field number: K.M. Dawson, 1981; DY1983 map area: 1051/7-8, Nahanni latitude and longitude: 62°24'; 128°30' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 525710E; 6918650N. geographic description: GHMS claims. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation, stratigraphic description: 0-15 m beneath bedded barite locality, lithology: carbonate, colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: early Frasnian; conodont zone: transitans through Upper asymmetricus. reference: Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982) *************************
GSC location number: C-101979 field number: K.M. Dawson, 1981; DY1987 map area: 1051/7-8, Nahanni latitude and longitude: 62°24'; 128°30' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 525710E; 6918650N. geographic description: GHMS claims. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation, stratigraphic description: Grey limestone immediately beneath bedded barite locality, lithology: Grey limestone colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: early Frasnian; conodont zone: Upper asymmetricus through Lower triangularis, reference: Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982) Macmillan Pass /254
GSC location number: C-086425 field number: I.R. Jonasson and J.W. Lydon, 1981; GN01-006-900 map area: 1050/1, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°06', 130°11' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 440370E; 6997210N. geographic description: Gargantua North. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation. stratigraphic description: 0.5 m thick limestone bed in middle of chert beds, 25 m below contact with pluton (hornfelsed shale), 25 m above uppermost barite strata (chert). lithology: Limestone. sample weight: 1.914 kg. (-0.168 kg. insolubles) colour alteration index: 6-7 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: middle Frasnian; conodont zone: Lower rhenana. reference: Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982) ************************* GSC location number: C-087542 field number:. K.M. Dawson, 1980; DY 1772 map area: 1051/7-8, Nahanni latitude and longitude: 62°24'; 128°30I UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 525710E; 6918650N. geographic description: GHMS claims. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation, stratigraphic description: Grey limestone 6 m beneath bedded barite locality, lithology: Grey limestone sample weight: 2.55 kg. fossils: sponge spicules colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: early Frasnian; remarks: The named polygnathid ranges from U. hermanni-cristatus Zone into Early falsiovalis Zone (Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, 1989); poor preservation precludes unqualified determination. reference: Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982) Macmillan Pass /255 GSC location number: C-087543 field number: K.M. Dawson, 1980; DY 1777 map area: 1051/7-8, Nahanni latitude and longitude: 62°24'; 128°30' UTM coordinates: Zone 9:525710E; 6918650N. geographic description: GMHS claims. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation, stratigraphic description: Grey limestone with calcite veins 15 m? beneath bedded barite locality, overlying orange-wethering mudstone. lithology: Grey limestone with calcite veins. sample weight: 2.37 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Middle to Late Devonian; age: late Givetian to early Frasnian; conodont zone: Late falsiovalis through middle Upper asymmetricus. reference: Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982) *************************
GSC location number: C-087544 field number: K.M. Dawson, 1980; 80-DY-1790 map area: 1050/7, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°16.5', 130°34' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 423300E; 7016750N. geographic description: CATHY property. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Baritic limestone above (?) siliceous siltstone. Orebody hanging wall, lithology: Baritic limestone, sample weight: 2.338 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Middle or Early Late Devonian; age: Eifelian - early Frasnian. Macmillan Pass /256 GSC location number: C-087545 field number: K.M. Dawson, 1980; 80-DY-1792 map area: 105O/7, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°16.5', 130°34' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 423300E; 7016750N. geographic description: CATHY property. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Baritic limestone at upper ore contact with siltstone. lithology: Baritic limestone, sample weight: 1.693 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Middle to Early Late Devonian; age: Eifelian to early Frasnian; conodont zone: costatus into Early falsiovalis (Sandberg, Ziegler, & Bultynck, 1989) . *************************
GSC location number: C-087557 field number: J.G. Abbott, 1981; 81-TOA-40-10 map area: 105P/4, Sekwi Mountain latitude and longitude: 63°00', 129°55.5' geographic description: South Block, 40.5 km at 185° from Macmillan Pass, lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation, stratigraphic description: At top of unit, section M. 2 0 cm thick grey, platey coarse grained limestone within blue weathering siliceous shale, lithology: Grey, platey coarse grained limestone, sample weight: 1.122 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: middle Frasnian; conodont zone: Ancyrognathus triangularis - Lower rhenana. Macmillan Pass /257
GSC location number: C-087560 field number: J.G. Abbott, 1981; 81-TOA-41-811.5m map area: 1050/1, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°08.5', 130o01.0' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 448750E; 7001420N. geographic description: Central Block; 11 km at 177° from Macmillan Pass, lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation, stratigraphic description: 3m from top of unit uDpt. 10 cm thick medium-grey weathering, platey, graphitic, coarse-grained limestone within blue weathering platey graphitic mudstone. Section 45, 893 m in Nahanni file, lithology: Coarse grained carbonate, sample weight: 0.63 6 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: late Frasnian; conodont zone: Lower rhenana. reference: Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., and Orchard, M.J. (1982) ************************** GSC location number: C-087686 field number: J.G. Abbott, 1981; 81-TOA-20-8 map area: 1050/2, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°14.3', 131°31.0» UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 424030E; 7013010N. geographic description: Central Block; 24 km at 270° from Macmillan Pass, lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Sapper Formation, stratigraphic description: Top of unit, lithology: carbonate, colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Devonian; age: Eifelian - Frasnian. reference: Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., and Orchard, M.J. (1982) Macmillan Pass /258
GSC location number: C-l02281 field number: J.G. Abbott, 1981; 81-TOA-12-6 map area: 1050/7, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°17', 130°47» UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 407080E; 7018460N. geographic description: N Block?; 41.5 km at 277° from Macmillan Pass. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation, stratigraphic description: Unit uDpt (Dp3?). 1 m wide light-grey weathering black limestone bed within black chert and cherty argillite. lithology: carbonate, sample weight: 1.607 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: early Frasnian; conodont zone: Lower rhenana. remarks: fused pair of Palmatolepis winchelli.
************************** GSC location number: C-102320 field number: J.G. Abbott, 1981; 81-TOA-40-8 map area: 105P/4, Sekwi Mountain latitude and longitude: 63°031, 129°55.5' geographic description: South Block, 40 km at 186° from Peak 7654. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation, stratigraphic description: Unit uDpt (Dp3?). 20 cm thick, grey weathering, platey, dark grey, coarse grained limestone in brown weathering dark grey to black shale, lithology: Grey, platey coarse grained limestone, colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian. Macmillan Pass /259 GSC location number: C-102321 field number: J.G. Abbott, 1981; 81-TOA-40-11 map area: 105P/4, Sekwi Mountain latitude and longitude: 63°00', 129°541 geographic description: South Block, 41 km at 182° from Peak 7654. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation, stratigraphic description: 20 m from top of; unit uDpt (Dp3?). 20 cm thick, grey, platey, coarse grained limestone within blue weathering siliceous shale, lithology: Grey, platey coarse grained limestone, colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: middle Frasnian; conodont zone: uppermost Ancyrognathus triangularis through Lower rhenana. **************************
GSC location number: C-10234 0 field number: J.G. Abbott, 1981; 81-TOA-48-1 map area: 1050/1, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63o04.5', 130°17.5' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 434980E; 6994320N. geographic description: S Block; 22.5 km at 215° from Macmillan Pass. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation. stratigraphic description: At top of unit uDpt (Dp3?). Buff weathering, platey, coarse-grained black limestone less than 1 m thick, within blue weathering graphitic shale. lithology: Coarse grained black carbonate. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: rhenana. remarks: Palmatolepis winchelli fused pair. Macmillan Pass /260 GSC location number: C-102342 field number: J.G. Abbott, 1981; 81-TOA-50-2 map area: 1050/1, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°04.5', 130°14.5' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 437480E; 6994240N. geographic description: S Block; 21.5 km at 211° from Macmillan Pass. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation, stratigraphic description: At top of unit uDpt (Dp3?). 1 m thick buff weathering, platey, coarse-grained black limestone within blue weathering, graphitic slate, lithology: carbonate, colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: late Frasnian; conodont zone: rhenana through linguiformis. remarks: possibly slightly younger than C-102340 since fauna is somewhat different. **************************
GSC location number: C-087691 field number: K.M. Dawson, 1981; 81-DY-1943 map area: 105O/7, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°16.5', 130°33' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 423300E; 7016750N. geographic description: CATHY Property. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: 0.4 m limestone bed in grey lower barite. lithology: Limestone, sample weight: 2.424 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Middle or Late Devonian; age: Eifelian - early Frasnian. reference: Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982) Macmillan Pass /261
GSC location number: C-087698 field number: K.M. Dawson, 1981; 81-DY-1830 map area: 1050/1, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°02•, 130°06' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 444500E; 6989300N. geographic description: PETE claims. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Base of black limestone that lies beneath barite with minor amounts of bedded zinc-lead-silver mineralization. lithology: Black limestone. sample weight: 2.544 kg. colour alteration index: 5.5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: punctata into Lower rhenana. reference: Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982) **************************
GSC location number: C-087 699 field number: K.M. Dawson, 1981; 81-DY-1831 map area: 1050/1, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°02 ' , 130°06* geographic description: PETE claims. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Centre of black limestone that lies beneath barite with minor amounts of bedded zinc-lead-silver mineralization. lithology: Black limestone. sample weight: 2.017 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: upper transitans into Lower rhenana. reference: Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982) Macmillan Pass /2 62 GSC location number: C-087700 field number: K.M. Dawson, 1981; 81-DY-1832 map area: 1050/1, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°02 1 , 130°06' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 444500E; 6989300N. geographic description: PETE claim. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Top of black limestone that lies beneath barite with minor amounts of bedded zinc-lead-silver mineralization. lithology: Black limestone. sample weight: 1.821 kg. colour alteration index: 5.5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: punctata through middle Lower rhenana. reference: Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982) **************************
GSC location number: C-087558 field number: S.P. Gordey, 1981; 81-GGA-3 6A1/A2 map area: 105P/12, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°36.6I, 129°39.4' geographic description: Jeff claim, lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: from limey interval of bedded barite. lithology: Black limestone. sample weight: 3.302 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: rhenana. remarks: samples Al and A2 were processed separately intially. reference: Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., and Orchard, M.J. (1982), Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982) Macmillan Pass /2 63 GSC location number: C-10258 6 field number: S.P. Gordey, 1982; 82-GGA-32-893 map area: 1050/1, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°08'15", 130°0. 01 geographic description: Section 32, sw of PETE, 876 m above base of Earn Group. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation. stratigraphic description: Limestone. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 1.589 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: middle to late Frasnian; conodont zone: rhenana. **************************
GSC location number: C-118030 field number: K.M. McClay, 1984; 84-MJO-MM-l map area: 1050 Niddery Lake UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 442000E; 7003000N. geographic description: near the TOM property lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 3.5 kg.(-0.276 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: lowest rhenana. ************************* GSC location number: C-118032 field number: K.M. McClay, 1984; 84-MJO-MM-3 map area: 1050, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°07', 130°09» UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 442000E; 7003000N. geographic description: Macmillan Pass, above TOM o/c. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Unit 3B. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 3.5 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian. conodont zone: Lower rhenana. Macmillan Pass /264 GSC location number: C-118033 field number: K.M. McClay, 1984; 84-MJO-MM-4 map area:' 1050, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°07», 130°09' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 442000E; 7003000N. geographic description: Macmillan Pass. Ridge 3 km E of Niddery Camp. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: 3B "Syncline", loc. 2 (26/8/84). lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 6 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian. conodont zone: Lower rhenana. remarks: Palmatolepis sp. possibly transitional between Palmatolepis proversa and Palmatolepis n. sp. of C-118034. **************************
GSC location number: C-118034 field number: K.M. McClay, 1984; 84-MJ0-MM-5 map area: 1050, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63007', 130009' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 442000E; 7003000N. geographic description: Macmillan Pass. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Unit 3B, o/c 433. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 3 kg fossils: sponge spicules colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: rhenana through linguiformis. GSC location number: C-118035 field number: K.M. McClay, 1984; 84-MJO-MM- map area: 1050, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°07', 130°09' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 442000E; 7003000N. geographic description: Macmillan Pass. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Unit 3B. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 5.2 kg. fossils: sponge spicules abundant colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: rhenana through linguiformis Macmillan Pass /266
2. Famennian
GSC location number: 0-093424 field number: D.J. Tempelman-Kluit, 1975; TO-75-23-7 map area: 105K/3, Tay River latitude and longitude: 62o03'15"; 133°16! UTM coordinates: Zone 8: 591025 m E., 6881200N. geographic description: lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Map unit SDdl. lithology: carbonate. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper triangularis through Middle crepida. remarks: All specimens are broken, possibly run through crusher prior to acidizing. **************************
GSC location number: C-086285 field number: BUSG-77-57B3 map area: 1051/8, Nahanni latitude and longitude: 62°25.8'; 129018.0f UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 484390E; 6921750N lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation. lithology: carbonate. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: middle Upper crepida through middle Upper trachytera. reference: Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., and Orchard, M.J. (1982) remarks: very small specimens. Macmillan Pass /2 67 GSC location number: C-086286 field number: BUSG-77-59H1 map area: 1051/8, Nahanni latitude and longitude: 62°27.6'; 129°19.0' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 483250E; 6925200N lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation. lithology: carbonate. fossils: sponge spicules colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: crepida through Upper trachytera. ************************** GSC location number: C-086413 field number: S. Gordey, 1979: GGA.79.72D1 map area: 1051, Nahanni latitude and longitude: 62°25.7', 129°15.8' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 486450E; 6921850N lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Prevost Formation. stratigraphic description: Limestone lens or block within Prevost Fm. shales lithology: carbonate, sample weight: 4.852 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: early Fammenian; conodont zone: triangularis through Middle crepida. reference: Orchard report 123, 1980 remarks: Difficult sample to break down; conodonts are broken and/or with adhering matrix. **************************
GSC location number: C-087588 field number: S.P. Gordey, GGA 8 0-16C1 map area: 1051/8, Nahanni latitude and longitude: 62°29.0'; 129°21.4' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 481350E; 6927495N lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation. lithology: carbonate. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: probably Middle crepida through Upper expansa. reference: Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., and Orchard, M.J. (1982) Macmillan Pass /268 GSC location number: C-087589 field number: S.P. Gordey, GGAW 80-29B map area: 1051/8, Nahanni latitude and longitude: 62°29.6'; 129°23.5' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 479485E; 6928580N lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation. lithology: carbonate. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: middle Famennian; conodont zone: Lower marginifera. reference: Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., and Orchard, M.J. (1982) ************************** GSC location number: C-087685 field number: J.G. Abbott, 1981; 81-TOA-11-8 map area: 1050/1, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°15.3', 130°28.5' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 426550E; 7014880N geographic description: 21.5 km at 276° from Macmillan Pass, north block. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation; UDpt. stratigraphic description: Thin beds of dark-grey to black, coarse-grained limestone with silver-weathering black graphitic mudstone. lithology: Coarse-grained limestone, sample weight: 1.637 kg. colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: lower Upper marginifera. remarks: Parapet reduction in Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle and Palmatolepis glabra distorta Branson & Mehl is reduced. reference: Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., and Orchard, M.J. (1982) Macmillan Pass /269 GSC location number: C-087561 field number: S. Gordey, 1981; 81-GGA-31A-0m map area: 1050, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°38.4', 130°02.8' lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation. stratigraphic description: shale unit near base of section Jl; section 19, 0 m in Nahanni file, lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 1.765 kg. (-0.2 kg. dolomitic mudstone) colour alteration index: ~4 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Fammenian; conodont zone: Upper triangularis through Middle crepida. reference: Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., and Orchard, M.J. (1982) **************************
GSC location number: C-087562 field number: S. Gordey, 1981; 81-GGA-31A-75m map area: 1051, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°38.4', 130°02.8' lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation. stratigraphic description: shale unit near base of section Jl; section 19, 0 m in Nahanni file, lithology: carbonate, sample weight: 1.42 kg. fossils: sponge spicules colour alteration index: 4-4.5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Early Fammenian; conodont zone: upper Upper crepida through lower Lower rhomboidea. reference: Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., and Orchard, M.J. (1982) Macmillan Pass /270
GSC location number: C-089929 field number: J.G. Abbott, 1982; 82-TOA-ll-357m map area: 1050/2, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°15.3', 130°55.8' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 403075E; 7015250N geographic description: S Block; 3 0 km at 276 (272?)° from Macmillan Pass. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Tsichu Formation; Blue Shale Member. stratigraphic description: At base of blue shale at top of unit Msp. -3m thick medium-grey, fetid, Fine to coarse-grained limestone overlying thick beds of brown weathering, cross-laminated sandstone of the lower member of the upper Earn Group. The limestone is overlain by blue weathering shale of the middle member. lithology: Fine to coarse-grained carbonate. sample weight: 1.170 kg. colour alteration index: 4.5-5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: early middle Famennian; conodont zone: Lower rhomboidea. **************************
GSC location number: C-08993 3 field number: J.G. Abbott, 1982; 82-TOA-18-4 map area: 105O/1, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°02.3', 130°28.0' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 400450E; 6990940N geographic description: S Block; 52 km at 245° from Macmillan Pass. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation. stratigraphic description: Approximately 10 m below top of unit uDpt (Dp4?). 20 cm thick bed of platey, grey, coarse-grained, black limestone that is about 20 m stratigraphically below the top of the unit of blue weathering black slate that could belong to either the upper or lower Earn Group. lithology: Platey, grey coarse-grained, black carbonate. sample weight: 1.118 kg. colour alteration index: ~4 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: middle Famennian; conodont zone: marginifera. Macmillan Pass /271 GSC location number: C-108159 field number: J.G. Abbott, 1983; 83-TOA-15-2 map area: 1050/1, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°15.5', 130°28.0' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 426550E; 7014880N geographic description: 22 km at 275° from Macmillan Pass. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Portrait Lake Formation. stratigraphic description: Unit uDpt (Dp3?). Within silver weathering shale of the lower Earn Group, lithology: carbonate, sample weight: 2.176 kg. fossils: sponge spicules, radiolarians colour alteration index: 5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: lower Upper marginifera. remarks: Recollection of C-087685. Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler specimen has a reduced parapet, like morphotype 1. Palmatolepis rugosa tracytera is likely a transitional form Palmatolepis rugosa cf. ampla with an early appearance. **************************
GSC location number: C-108160 field number: J.G. Abbott, 1983; 83-TOA-17-1 map area: 1050/2, Niddery Lake latitude and longitude: 63°15.5', 13 0°55.0' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 403075E; 7015250N geographic description: 45 km at 272° from Macmillan Pass, lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Tsichu Formation; Blue Shale Member. stratigraphic description: Unit Msp. From blue weathering shale at the top of cross-bedded sandstone of the upper Earn Group. It is overlain by quartz and arenite. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 2.116 kg. colour alteration index: 4.5-5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: early middle Famennian; conodont zone: Lower rhomboidea. remarks: Faunule is recollection of C-089929. Total of 100+ conodonts. Macmillan Pass /272
GSC location number: C-142984 field number: S. Gordey, 1986; 86-GGAG-37B-4 map area: 105K/3, Tay River latitude and longitude: 62°3I12.2", 133°15'30.7" UTM coordinates: Zone 8: 591050E; 6881150N geographic description: Pelly Mountains, N of Magundy Creek. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 1.544 kg. colour alteration index: 4.5-5 period or epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper triangularis into Upper trachytera. 273 B. MIDWAY LOCALITY AND SAMPLE INFORMATION 1. Frasnian GSC location number: 0-086357 field number: D.J. Tempelman Kluit, 1973; TOA73-56b map area: 105A, Watson Lake latitude and longitude: 60°32', 129°00' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 500150E; 6710350N. geographic description: 6 kilometres W of Mount Hundere (elevation 1579m) lithologic unit(s): Earn Group? stratigraphic description: Thinly laminated. Map unit 5(?), GSC map 19-1966. lithology: Grey fetid limestone, fossils: "tentaculites" colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: early to middle Frasnian. remarks: Processed by B. Cameron, identified by T. Uyeno. reference: Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J. (1982)
************************** GSC location number: C-088239 field number: T. Harms, 1983; 83-GAH-22a map area: 1041/16, Cry Lake latitude and longitude: 58°49'28", 128°21'33" geographic description: 28 km E of N arm of Cry Lake, Harm's collection site No. 4, on the W side of the head of Ramhorn Creek, 6.1 km at 3 3 5° from the N end of Blue Sheep Lake. lithologic unit(s): McDame Group; Platy limestone member. stratigraphic description: Sample immediately under the base of Earn, estimated less than 10 m below base of Earn Group. 1ithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.98 0 kg. colour alteration index: 5+ epoch: Late Devonian; age: early Frasnian. Midway /274
GSC location number: C-088250 field number: T. Harms, 1983; 83-GAH-72F map area: 1041/16, Cry Lake latitude and longitude: 58°46'10", 128024'40" geographic description: 24 km E of N arm of Cry Lake, 4.8 km at 274° from the SW end of Blue Sheep Lake, Harm's collection site No. 2. lithologic unit(s): McDame Group; Fetid Limestone Member. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.2 69 kg. colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: early Frasnian; conodont zone: middle Early falsiovalis through punctata. ************************* GSC location number: C-103232 field number: T. Harms, 1983; 83-GAH-80bF map area: 1041/16, Cry Lake latitude and longitude: 58°55l45", 128°29,20" geographic description: 15 km E of Rapid River, unnumbered Harm's collection site, 13.9 km at 2 63° from junction of Ramhorn Creek and Major Hart River. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Black argillite above platy limestone, immediately below Sylvester Allocthon. lithology: carbonate, sample weight: 0.44 6 kg. colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: middle Frasnian; conodont zone: punctata into Lower rhenana. ************************** GSC location number: C-143101 field number: J. Nelson, 1986; 86-JN-03-06-01A map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59°50'04"; 130°19l36" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 425635.3E; 6633501N. geographic description: Southeast of Donegal Mtn. lithologic unit(s): McDame Group? lithology: grey, tan, green, pink dolomitic siltstone, dolomite in karstic hollows on top of McDame Group, colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: transitans through Ancyrognathus triangularis. Midway /275
2. Famennian
GSC location number: C-118253 field number: W. Jakubowski, 1984; 84MJO-83-34-1AC map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59°55'; 130°20» approx. UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 425898.15E; 6643965.52N geographic description: Discovery area, Midway deposit, 7 km ENE of east end of Tootsee Lake between Tootsee and Little Rancheria Rivers, lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Subunit 1AC. Sample interval 748.5 to 748.8m; DDH 83-34. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 1.167 kg colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower rhomboidea. remarks: Extremely abundant faunule. Many specimens are distorted and have adhering matrix. Mesotaxis asymmetrica reworked or contamination. 15/16 of sample remains.
**************************
GSC location number: C-l18256 field number: W. Jakubowski, 1984; 84MJO-83-28-1AC map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59°55*; 130°201(approx) UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 425740.56E; 6644133.47N geographic description: Discovery area, Midway deposit, 7 km ENE of east end of Tootsee Lake between Tootsee and Little Rancheria Rivers, (DDH 83-28). lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Subunit 1AC. Sample interval 646.2 to 646.7m. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 0.971 kg colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida through Lower rhomboidea. remarks: Extremely abundant faunule. Preservation like that in C-118253. 3/4 of sample remains. Midway /276
GSC location number: C-1579 05 field number: S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-28-1 map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59°55 ' 47 .1" , lSO^O'O.l" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 425470.56E; 6644133.47N. geographic description: Midway Drill Hole 28. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Subunit 1AC, Sample interval 647.0 - 647.2 m from top. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 0.532 kg. (residue wt. 0.52 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida through lowest rhomboidea. remarks: 7/8 of sample remains. **************************
GSC location number: C-157906 field number: S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-28-2 map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59°55'47.1", 130o20'0.1" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 425470.56E; 6644133.47N. geographic description: Midway Drill Core 28. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Base at Earn - McDame contact, subunit 1AC. Sample interval 647.2 - 647.4 m from top. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 0.665 kg. (residue wt. 0.70 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida through Lower rhomboidea. remarks: 3/4 of sample remains. **************************
GSC location number: C-157907 field number: S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-28-3 map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59°55'47.1", 130020'0.1" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 425470.56E; 6644133.47N. geographic description: Midway Drill Hole 28. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group ? stratigraphic description: McDame - Earn Group contact. Sample interval 647.4 - 647.25 m from top. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 0.473 kg. (residue wt. 0.0 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida. remarks: 7/8 of sample remains. Midway /277
GSC location number: C-157908 field number: S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-28-4 map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59°55l47.1", lSO^O'O.l" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 425470.56E; 6644133.47N. geographic description: Midway Drill Hole 28. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group ? stratigraphic description: McDame - Earn Group contact. Sample interval 647.65 - 648.05 m from top. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 0.838 kg. (residue wt. 0.126 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida. remarks: 15/16 of sample remains. **************************
GSC location number: C-157909 field number: S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-28-5 map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59°55l47.1", lSO^O'O.l" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 425470.56E; 6644133.47N. geographic description: Midway Drill Hole 28. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Subunit 1AC, Sample interval 646.7 - 647.0 m from top. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 1.010 kg. (residue wt. 0.287 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida. remarks: 7/8 of sample remains. Midway /278
GSC location number: C-157910 field number: S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-28-6 map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59°55 • 47.1", lSO^O'O.l" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 425470.56E; 6644133.47N. geographic description: Midway Drill Hole 28. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Subunit 1AC, Sample interval 645.8 - 646.2 m from top. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 1.270 kg. (residue wt. 0.322 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida. remarks: adhering matrix. 7/8 of sample remains. ************************** GSC location number: C-157924 field number: S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-31-2 map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59°55 • 11. 8" , 130°20'35.4" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 424901.29E; 6643051.37N. geographic description: Midway Drill Core 31. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Subunit 1AC, lowermost Earn contact with McDame at base. Sample interval 371.05 - 371.35 m from top. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 1.623 kg. (residue wt. 0.215 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida through Lower rhomboidea. remarks: adhering matrix. 7/8 of sample remains. Midway /279 GSC location number: C-157928 field number: S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-34-2 map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59°55 • 42.0", 13 0°19 ' 32.4" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 425898.15E; 6643965.52N. geographic description: Midway Drill Hole 34. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Uppermost McDame. Contact with Earn at 748.9 m. Sample interval 748.9 - 749.1 m from top. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 1.013 kg. (residue wt. 0.80 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida through Upper marginifera. remarks: adhering matrix. Two Frasnian Mesotaxis asymmetrica are reworked or contamination, at McDame - Earn Group contact. 7/8 of sample remains. **************************
GSC location number: C-157929 field number: S. Irwin, 1987; 87-0F-SI-34-3 map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59055'42.0", 130°19 • 32 . 4" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 425898.15E; 6643965.52N. geographic description: Midway Drill Hole 34. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Subunit 1AC, lowermost Earn contact with McDame at base. Sample interval 748.2 - 748.9 m from top. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 1.269 kg. (residue wt. 0.198 kg.) fossils: adhering matrix colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida. remarks: 13/16 of sample remains. Midway /280
GSC location number: C-157982 field number: S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-34-11B map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59°55 1 42 . 0" , 130°19 • 32 . 4" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 425898.15E; 6643965.52N. geographic description: Midway Drill Hole 34. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Subunit 2AC, Sample interval 596.05 - 596.20 m from top. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 0.568 kg. (residue wt. 0.340 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian.
**************************
GSC location number: C-157938 field number: S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-41-1 map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: S^SS'S.S", 13 0°19 ' 18 . 0" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 426099.23E; 6642872.8N. geographic description: Midway Drill Hole 41. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Subunit 1AC, Sample interval 853.3 - 853.6 m from top. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 1.286 kg. (residue wt. 0.817 kg.) colour alteration index: 6 (altered) epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: marginifera. **************************
GSC location number: C-157939 field number: S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-41-2 map area: 1040/16, Jennings River latitude and longitude: 59°55,6.8", 130°19»18.0" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 426099.23E; 6642872.8N. geographic description: Midway Drill Hole 41. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Subunit 1AC, McDame - Earn contact at base of interval. Sample interval 854.1 - 854.4 m from top. lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 1.212 kg. (residue wt. 0.364 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida through Lower rhomboidea. Midway /281
GSC location number: C-153835 field number: J. Nelson, 1987; 87-JN-JN-4-8 map area: 104P/12, McDame UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 456050E; 6617300N. geographic description: Canyon south of Alec Chief Creek. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: calcareous black slate with black slate and chert, fossils: spumellarian radiolarians colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian. conodont zone: No older than Middle crepida. 282
C. GATAGA LOCALITY AND SAMPLE INFORMATION
ll Givetian - Frasnian
GSC location number: C-118946 field number: D. Maclntyre, S80-6-187 map area: 94F/11, Ware, latitude and longitude: UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 374500E; 6376100N. geographic description: lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. colour alteration index: 5? epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian - early Famennian remarks: Conodonts have adhering matrix. **************************
GSC location number: C-102874 field number: D. Maclntyre, 1981; M81-005 map area: 94F/10, Ware latitude and longitude: 57°40,48", 124°53I08" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 387490E; 6394500N. geographic description: 4 km SSW of Fern Peak, lithologic unit(s): McDame Group ? stratigraphic description: Crinoidal limestone unit overlain by black cherty argillite (Gunsteel) and underlain by quartz wacke (basal Devonian). Two-hole crinoids common. lithology: carbonate. colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Middle - Late Devonian boundary; age: late Givetian; conodont zone: falsiovalis. *************************
GSC location number: C-102879 field number: D. Maclntyre, 1981; M81-236a map area: 94F/1, Ware latitude and longitude: 57°06I37", 124°21'03" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 418120E; 633 0265N. geographic description: 6.5 km W of Ospika River, lithologic unit(s): Basal Earn Group; "Gunsteel" Formation, stratigraphic description: Limestone bed in black cherty argillites that underlie nodular and bedded barite zone, lithology: carbonate, colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Middle - Late Devonian boundary; age: late Givetian - early Frasnian. Gataga /283
GSC location number: C-102891 field number: D. Maclntyre, 1981; M81-032 map area: 94F/11, Ware latitude and longitude: 57°40l32", 125°03'33" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 377020E; 6393490N. geographic description: 9 km N of Kwadacha River, lithologic unit(s): Basal Earn Group; "Gunsteel" Formation, stratigraphic description: Limestone bed in section of black cherty argillites=footwall of baritic zone. On strike with Kwadacha barite deposit, lithology: carbonate, colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Middle to Late Devonian; age: late Givetian to early Frasnian; conodont zone: transitans through middle Upper asymmetricus. ************************* GSC location number: C-102892 field number: D. Maclntyre, 1981; M81-093 map area: 94F/2, Ware latitude and longitude: 57°05'52", 124°33l22" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 405950E; 6329125N. geographic description: 0.5 km SW of Earn showing, lithologic unit(s): Top of Road River Group ?; Pesika Reef Formation ? stratigraphic description: Sample from base of 15 m thick unit of medium to thin-bedded, grey bioclastic limestone at base of thick section of rusty black silty shale. Limestone has beds rich in 2 hole crinoids and coral fragments near top of unit. lithology: carbonate. colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: early Frasnian; conodont zone: late Early falsiovalis through punctata. Gataga /284
GSC location number: C-118537 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-5 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°08I00", 125°58 • UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 324950E; 6447651N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile, Locality DP 265. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 4.413 kg. (residue wt. 0.328 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: early Frasnian; conodont zone: Ancyrognathus triangularis, remarks: Two fused clusters of ramiform elements. *************************
GSC location number: C-118543 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-0FM-11 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°07,00", 125°58'00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 324992E; 6445508N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile, Loc. DP 218. Saint Claims. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group, lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 3.400 kg. (residue wt. 1.280 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: early Late Devonian, age: Frasnian; conodont zone: transitans through Upper asymmetricus. ************************* GSC location number: C-118550 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-0FM-18 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°06,00n, 125°57' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 325978E; 6445070N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile, FC-91. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 1.000 kg. (residue wt. 0.745 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: middle Frasnian to lower Famennian. remarks: Pa. aff. P. minuta see Orchard, 1988. Palmatolepis sp. C. Gataga /285
GSC location number: C-118902 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-20 map area: 94K/1, Kechika River latitude and longitude: 58°06'00", 126°00l00" UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 676075E; 6443830N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile, TP 51. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 2.800 kg. (residue wt. 0.480 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: punctata through middle Lower rhenana. ************************* GSC location number: C-118903 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-21 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°06'00", 125°57,00" geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile, FC-89a, flycamp 2. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 3.700 kg. (residue wt. 1.240 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: Lower rhenana. remarks: adhering matrix. Fused pair. *************************
GSC location number: C-1189 08 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-26 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°05', 125°57'00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 325610E; 6443062N. geographic description: Driftpile Creek FC-64, near Chevron Creek. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group, lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 2.050 kg. (residue wt. 1.285 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: Lower rhenana through linguiformis. remarks: Adhering matrix. Gataga /286
GSC location number: C-116659 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G74 map area: 94F/13, Ware latitude and longitude: 57°58 • ; 125°50» UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 331558E; 6429470N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile, TS 462. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: limestone from within cherty argillite and chert sequence, scree above, lithology: carbonate, colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: Ancyrognathus triangularis through Lower rhenana. remarks: 3/4 of sample remains. *************************
GSC location number: C-116673 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G88 map area: 94L/8, Kechika latitude and longitude: 58°16', 126°12' UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 327647E; 6443082N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile, R312, 1870 m elevation, lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation, lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 3.111 kg. (residue wt. 0.140 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Frasnian; conodont zone: Ancyrognathus triangularis. Gataga /287
2. Famennian
GSC location number: C-102884 field number: D. Maclntyre, 1980; 80-DP-18 map area: 94F/13, Ware latitude and longitude: 57°57l54", 125047'53" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 334350E; 6428730N geographic description: 5 km NW of South Gataga Lake, lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; "Warneford" Formation, stratigraphic description: Limestone interbedded with thick section of proximal turbidites (western provenance). Overlies cherty argillites of Gunsteel Fm. lithology: carbonate, colour alteration index: 4+ epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: marginifera. remarks: Faunule is composed of 200+ very small elements, juvenille specimens; CAI is difficult to determine.
*************************
GSC location number: C-118539 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-7 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°07'00", 125°57'00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 325894E; 6446235N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DP 288. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 3.30 kg. (residue wt. 0.880 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper marginifera. remarks: Large baritic residue. Gataga /288 GSC location number: C-118540 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-8 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04'00", 125°57'00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 325999E; 6446200N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DP 289. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 3.90 kg. (residue wt. 1.12 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: middle Upper crepida through Upper marginifrea. remarks: Large baritic residue. *************************
GSC location number: C-l18544 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-12 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°08', 125058'00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 324825E; 6447400N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. o/c 263. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Barite horizon, UH. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 2.20 kg. (residue wt. 0.165 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: early Famennian; conodont zone: upper Upper crepida through lower Lower rhomboidea. remarks: 7/8 of sample remains. Gataga /289
GSC location number: C-118547 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-0FM-15 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°041, 125o54'00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 329052E; 6440275N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. o/c DP 483. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Limestone TH?, UH horizon? lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 2.00 kg. (residue wt. 0.25 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper marginifera remarks: Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler & Huddle appears as possibly three morphotypes or growth stages. Palmatolepis marginifera Helms specimens with and without nodes, and have variable platform width. Polygnathus sp. three species} conservative; bilobate; nodose. Possibly Polylophodonta. *************************
GSC location number: C-l18548 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-16 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°041 , 125°54,00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328287E; 6439112N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: between TH1 and TH2, DDH 81-49, 77.9m. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.36 kg. (residue wt. 0.87 kg) fossils: abundant radiolarians (40) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower through Upper marginifera remarks: Palmatolepis marginifera Helms speciemens have no nodes. Gataga /290 GSC location number: C-118907 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-25 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°07,00", 125°56,00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 325625E; 6445755N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DP 347. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 2.05 kg. (residue wt. 0.2 0 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower marginifera. remarks: Fragmented. **************************
GSC location number: C-118914 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-32 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°07'00", 125°57'00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 325550E; 6446247N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. o/c 611a. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 4.85 kg. (residue wt. 1.40 kg) fossils: radiolarians colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower through Upper marginifera. remarks: Palmatolepis marginifera Helms specimen has no nodes. Fragmented and with adhering matrix. **************************
GSC location number: C-118915 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-33 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°07'00", 125o58'00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 324747E; 6446660N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DP 229. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 5.15 kg. (residue wt. 0.120 kg) colour alteration index: 4 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower through Upper marginifera. remarks: Specimens are small. Gataga /291 GSC location number: C-118917 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-35 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58o08'00", 125058»00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 324590E; 6447525N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DP 528. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 3.70 kg. (residue wt. 0.70 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Middle crepida into Lower rhomboidea. remarks: 1/2 of sample remains. **************************
GSC location number: C-118923 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-0FM-41 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°07', 125058'00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 325048E; 6446975N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. TP 158. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 2.30 kg. (residue wt. 0.690 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: upper Lower through lower Upper marginifera. remarks: Palmatolepis marginifera with and without nodes. 3/4 of sample remains. *************************
GSC location number: C-118924 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-42 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°041, 125053'00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 329475E; 6440645N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. FC 3 60. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 4.25 kg. (residue wt. 0.48 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: at Lower marginifera - Upper marginifera boundary, remarks: Fused pair of Pa. marginifera [photo] Gataga /292 GSC location number: C-11888 0 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-58 map area: 94L/1, Kechika latitude and longitude: 58°06'; 126°09' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 325448E; 6446812N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. o/c 605. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 3.34 kg (residue wt. 0.340 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famenian; conodont zone: Upper triangularis through Lower rhomboidea. ************************* GSC location number: C-118884 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-62 map area: 94K/, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°02,00", 125o55'00" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 327850E; 6443125N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. FC 461. Limestone in Barite Creek Gataga Project, lithologic unit(s): Earn Group, lithology: Limestone. sample weight: 2.68 kg. (residue wt. 0.160 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower marginifera. remarks: P. g. distorta and P. g. pectinata are in a transitional series. 15/16 of sample remains. *************************
GSC location number: C-118889 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-67 map area: 94L, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 • , 125°53 ' geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. o/c 842. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 1.87 kg. (residue wt. 0.510 kg) fossils: sponge spicules colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower through Upper marginifera. remarks: 1/2 of sample remains. Gataga /293 GSC location number: C-118892 field number: K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-70 map area: 94K/, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58o02»00", 125055'00l» UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 327883E; 6436500N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. o/c 895. Mount Waldemar ridge, lithologic unit(s): Earn Group, lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 2.23 kg. (residue wt. 0.0 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: early Famennian; conodont zone: Middle crepida. remarks: Good P. triangularis fauna. *************************
GSC location number: C-116954 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-0FM-G4 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04'15", 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328400E; 6440548N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDH 79-30. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; MDss. stratigraphic description: From drill log, sampled from 41.5m - 41.75m, Box 4-110-139', limestone interbedded with siliceous argillites, above TH1 and below TH2. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.264 kg. (residue wt. 0.60 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida through Upper ?marginifera. remarks: Adhering matrix. Gataga /294 GSC location number: C-116955 field number: K.M. McClay, 198 6; 86-OFM-G5 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04'15", 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328400E; 6440548N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDH 79-3 0. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; uDss-dB from drill logs. stratigraphic description: From drill log, sampled from 44.3m - 44.8m, Box 5-139-160*, limestone interbedded with black argillites, between TH2 and TH1. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.485 kg. (residue wt. 0.239 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: uppermost crepida through Upper marginifera. remarks: some adhering matrix. *************************
GSC location number: C-116956 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G6 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04'15", 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328400E; 6440548N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 79-30. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; dB. stratigraphic description: From drill log, sampled from 53.9m - 4.25m, Box 6-160-185', limestone interbedded with argillites. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.385 kg. (residue wt. 0.385 kg) fossils: radiolarians colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: upper Upper rhomboidea through lower Lower marginifera. Gataga /295 GSC location number: C-116957 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G7 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04,15", 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328400; 6440548N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 79-30. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; uDns. stratigraphic description: From drill log, sampled from 116.7m - 117m, Box 15-373'-404' limestone beds below TH1 mineralized unit (6.84m below), lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.610 kg. (residue wt. 0.124 kg) fossils: radiolarians, sponge spicules colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower through middle Upper marginifera. remarks: Fused pair of Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler. *************************
GSC location number: C-116958 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-0FM-G8 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04'15", 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328400E; 6440548N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 79-30. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; uDns. stratigraphic description: From drill log, sampled from 119.8m - 120m, Box 15-373-404', coarsely crystalline limestone, 10m below TH1 mineralized horizon, lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.574 kg. (residue wt. 0.0 kg) fossils: (abundant, well preserved) radiolarians (40), sponge spicules colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper marginifera. remarks: P. g. pectinata and P. g. distorta are transitional. Gataga /296
GSC location number: C-l16962 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G12 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°05', 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328150E; 6441100N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 80-38. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; uDns. stratigraphic description: From drill log, sampled from 90m - 90.2m, Box 16-287-305, massive limestone, 2.2m above unmineralized horizon, lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.886 kg. (residue wt. 0.571 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian. age: Famennian. remarks: adhering matrix. **************************
GSC location number: C-116965 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G15 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°05', 125°541 UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 32 8150E 644125ON. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 80-33. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; uDdb. stratigraphic description: From drill log, sampled from 18.2m - 18.4m, Box 3-49-67', limestone 20 m above unit TH2 mineralized horizon, lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.574 kg. (residue wt. 0.366 kg.) fossils: radiolarians colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: marginifera. remarks: Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera is a fused pair [photo] Gataga /2 97
GSC location number: C-l16969 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-0FM-G19 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°05', 125°54' geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 80-35B. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; UDb. stratigraphic description: From drill log, sampled from 68.9m - 69.1m, 68.9m from collar, below TH2 mineralized horizon, lithology: nodular calcareous siltstone. sample weight: 0.340 kg. (residue wt. 0.232 kg.) fossils: abundant radiolarians, sponge spicules colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: middle Upper crepida through middle Upper trachytera. **************************
GSC location number: C-116972 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G22 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 1, 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 327225E; 6439870N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 79-18. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; MDss. stratigraphic description: From drill log, sampled from 50.8m - 51.1m, Box 6-151-174', 12.6m below UH (??) mineralization horizon. lithology: nodular black limestone. sample weight: 0.502 kg. (residue wt. 0.475 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian. age: Famennian. remarks: adhering matrix. Gataga /298
GSC location number: C-116974 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G24 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 1, 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 327825E; 6439870N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 79-18.- lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; MDss. stratigraphic description: From drill log, sampled from 88.1m - 88.7m, Box 12-287-311', 50m below UH mineralization horizon, lithology: black nodular, laminated limestone, sample weight: 0.866 kg. (residue wt. 0.704 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian, remarks: adhering matrix.
**************************
GSC location number: C-116977 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G27 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 ' , 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328010E; 6439450N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 81-51. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; uDca. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 61.7m - 61.9m, Box 11-193-211', grey-black calcareous siltstone, no mineralization in hole, lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.415 kg. (residue wt. 0.259 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower marginifera. remarks: small specimens. **************************
GSC location number: C-116979 field number: K.M. McClay, 198 6; 8 6-OFM-G2 9 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 ' , 125°54 • UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 327825E; 6439870N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 81-47. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; MDss. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 45.4m - 45.6m, Box 8-142-161', nodular limestone 3m below UH mineralization, lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.596 kg. (residue wt. 0.259 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian. remarks: 1/4 of sample remains. Gataga /299 GSC location number: C-116980 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G30 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04', 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 327825N; 6439870N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDH 81-47, Box 19-348-365'. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; MDss. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 105.3m to 105.5m, 63.3m below UH mineralization, lithology: nodular limestone. sample weight: 0.575 kg. (residue wt. 0.399 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper marginifera. remarks: adhering matrix, fragmented.
**************************
GSC location number: C-116981 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G31 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04' , 125°54 1 UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 327825E; 6439870N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 81-47. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; MDss. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 108.9m to 109.1m, Box 19-348-365', laminated calcareous and carbonaceous siltstone, 67.2m below UH mineralization, lithology: Calcareous siltstone. sample weight: 0.676 kg. (residue wt. 0.454 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida through Upper marginifera. remarks: adhering matrix. Gataga /300 GSC location number: C-l16983 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G33 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°041 , 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328450E; 6439142N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 80-40. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; UDca. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 117.2m - 118.0m, Box 22-380-395', 0.75m nodular limestone in black cherty argillite. lithology: Calcareous siltstone. sample weight: 1.989 kg. (residue wt. 0.605 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida through middle Upper trachytera. ************************** GSC location number: C-l16990 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G40 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°041 , 125°53' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328930E; 6439930N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 78-09. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; MDss. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 96.3m - 96.9m, 54.9m below drilled UH mineralization base, lithology: calcareous argillite. sample weight: 0.947 kg. (residue wt. 0.385 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper crepida through middle Upper trachytera. remarks: some adhering matrix. Gataga /3 01 GSC location number: C-116991 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G41 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 • , 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328010E; 6439450N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 79-11. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 99.8m - 100m, footwall to mineralization, lithology: Laminated calcareous siltstone. sample weight: 0.480 kg. (residue wt. 0.315 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper marginifera. remarks: some adhring matrix. **************************
GSC location number: C-116992 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G42 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 ' , 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328010E; 6439450N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 79-11. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 121.9m 122.1m, footwall to UH mineralization, lithology: Laminated calcareous siltstone. sample weight: 0.424 kg. (residue wt. 0.96 kg) fossils: sponge spicules, radiolarians (3) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower through Upper marginifera. Gataga /3 02 GSC location number: C-116993 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G43 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 1 , 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328010E; 6439450N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 79-12. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 48.9m - 50.7m, footwall to UH mineralization, lithology: Laminated calcareous siltstone. sample weight: 0.486 kg. (residue wt. 0.333 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: middle Upper crepida through Upper marginifera. remarks: fragmented. **************************
GSC location number: C-116994 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G44 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04', 125°541 UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328010E; 6439450N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 79-12. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 99.1m - 99.2m, footwall to UH mineralization, lithology: Laminated-nodular calcareous siltstone. sample weight: 0.3 32 kg. (residue wt. 0.131 kg) fossils: abundant sponge spicules, rare radiolarians colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower marginifera through lowermost trachytera. remarks: fragmented. Gataga /303 GSC location number: C-116997 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G46 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 • , 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328010E; 6439660N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDH 82-52 lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; UDns. stratigraphic description: sampled from 122m - 122.7m, above UH mineralization, lithology: nodular limestone in black argillites. sample weight: 1.663 kg. (residue wt. 1.00 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: middle Upper crepida through middle Upper trachytera. **************************
GSC location number: C-117000 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G50 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 ' , 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328100E; 6439660N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDM 82-52. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 293.7m - 294.0m, UH mineralization lithology: nodular carbonate, sample weight: 0.668 kg. colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: middle Upper crepida through middle Upper trachytera. Gataga /3 04
GSC location number: C-116907 field number: K.M. McClay, 86-0FM-G57 map area: 94k, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 1 , 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328220E; 6439612N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDH 81-48. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 68.1m - 68.4m, within TH1 mineralization lithology: massive nodular limestone, sample weight: 0.794 kg. (residue wt. 0.331 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: middle Famennian. remarks: 7/8 of sample remains.
**************************
GSC location number: C-116909 field number: K.M. McClay, 86-OFM-G59 map area: 94k, Tuchodi Lakes , latitude and longitude: 58°04 / 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328220E; 6439612N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. DDH 81-48. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation; stratigraphic description: Sampled from 78.3 - 78.8m, 6.6m below TH1 mineralization, lithology: massive limestone with black argillite. sample weight: 0.925 kg. (residue wt. 0.550 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower through Upper marginifera.
************************** GSC location number: C-116912 field number: K.M. McClay, 86-OFM-G62 map area: 94k, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°01', 125°48' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 3343567204E; 6435352N. geographic description: Gataga-Driftpile. o/c 6014. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. lithology: limestone band within siliceous pyritic argillite. sample weight: 2.546 kg. (residue wt. 0.800 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: middle Upper crepida through Upper marginifera. Gataga /3 05
GSC location number: C-116914 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-0FM-G64 map area: 94F, Ware latitude and longitude: 57°581 ; 125°45' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 335900E; 6429075N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. TS 2 68, 1845m elevation. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation, stratigraphic description: limestone bed within silver grey weathering siliceous black argillite. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 4.023 (residue wt. 0.180 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: at Lower marginifera - Upper marginifera boundary.
************************** GSC location number: C-116669 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G84 map area: 94L, Kechika latitude and longitude: 58°17', l26o10! UTM coordinates: Zone 9: 668200E; 6441830N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. o/c 547. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Limestone within barite horizon. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 1.086 kg. (residue wt. 0.400 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower marginifera. ************************** GSC location number: C-116675 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G90 map area: 9 4K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°02•, 125°47'56" UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 334890E; 6435795N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. 6028. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: limestone within black argillite. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 2.745 kg. (residue wt. 0.600 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian. remarks: reworked or contaminated sample. Gataga /3 06 GSC location number: C-l16684 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OF-M-G99 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°06', 125°56' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 326912E; 6445075N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. TS 1203, 1345 m elevation. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group (originally called Road River Group). lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 3.882 kg. (residue wt. 0.200 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper triangularis through Middle crepida. ************************** GSC location number: C-116693 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G108 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04', 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328045E; 6441300N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DDH 80-37. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group. stratigraphic description: Within distal turbidite unit correlated regionally as Middle Devonian, probably here Middle - Late Devonian boundary, 63.9 m down drill hole, 20 cm carbonate bed. lithology: nodular carbonate. sample weight: 1.033 kg. (residue wt. 0.537 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Upper marginifera. Gataga /3 07 GSC location number: C-116695 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G110 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04', 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328045E; 6441300N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DDH 80-37. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sample collected from 120.80 to 121.15 m, 95 cm bed of nodular limestone with occasional remobilized pyrite laminations, within laminated pyrite unit. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.590 kg. (residue wt. 0.430 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: middle Upper crepida through middle Upper trachytera. remarks: reworked or contaminated sample *************************
GSC location number: C-116697 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-0FM-G112 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04•, 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328045E; 6441300N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DDH 80-37. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sample collected from 120.80 to 121.15 m, 95 cm bed of nodular limestone with occasional remobilized pyrite laminations, within laminated pyrite unit. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 1.608 kg. (residue wt. 0.750 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: upper Upper marginifera through Uppermost marginifera. remarks: reworked or contaminated sample. Gataga /3 08 GSC location number: c-116698 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G113 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 • , 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328045E; 6441300N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DDH 80-37. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sample collected from 139.05 m to 139.22 m, fault bound package of black silicified argillite and thin radiolarian chert, 2 pieces from 40 cm unit combining three beds of limestone. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.939 kg. (residue wt. 0.436 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower marginifera through Upper marginifera. ************************** GSC location number: C-116713 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-0FM-G126 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 • , 125°54 ' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 327955E; 6439868N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DDH 81-47. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 33.7m lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.445 kg. (residue wt. 0.162 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: middle Upper crepida through middle Upper trachytera. *************************
GSC location number: C-116714 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G127 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°041 , 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 327955E; 6439868N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DDH 81-47. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 41.1m - 41.8m lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 1.406 kg. colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian. Gataga /3 09
GSC location number: C-116715 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G128 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04', 125°541 UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 327955E; 6439868N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DDH 81-47. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 39.82 m lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.562 kg. (residue wt. 0.122 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: middle Upper crepida through Upper marginifera. ************************** GSC location number: C-116718 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G131 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°041 , 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328118E; 6441350N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DDH 80-36. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 78.35 m to 78.6 m. lithology: bedded limestone sample weight: 1.104 kg. (residue wt. 0.398 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower marginifera through Upper marginifera. ************************** GSC location number: C-116719 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G132 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04 • , 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328118E; 6441350N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DDH 80-35. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 131.7m down drill hole, 15 cm carbonate bed within sulphide mineralization, lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.309 kg. (residue wt. 0.309 kg) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian, age: Famennian conodont zone: Lower rhomboidea. Gataga /310
GSC location number: C-l16720 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G133 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°041 , 125°54 • UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328118E; 6441350N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DDH 80-35. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 143.1m down drill hole, 14 cm bed of carbonate in hanging wall to pyritic-carbonate mineralization. lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.324 kg. (residue wt. 0.570 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower marginifera.
************************** GSC location number: C-116722 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G135 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04', 125°54» UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328118E; 6441350N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DDH 80-38. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 76.2m down drillhole, 17 cm bed of nodular limestone, lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.537 kg. (residue wt. 0.537 kg) fossils: radiolarians, sponge spicules, colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower marginifera through Upper marginifera. Gataga /311
GSC location number: C-116724 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G137 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°04' , 125°54' UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 328118E; 6441350N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. DDH 80-38. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation. stratigraphic description: Sampled from 4.7 m down drill hole, 18 cm bedded limestone within pyritic mineralization, lithology: carbonate. sample weight: 0.841 kg. (residue wt. 0.370 kg.) colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: Lower marginifera. ************************** GSC location number: C-11673 0 field number: K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G143 map area: 94K/4, Tuchodi Lakes latitude and longitude: 58°03 • , 125°52! UTM coordinates: Zone 10: 330000E; 6438912N. geographic description: Gatatga-Driftpile. TS-13 39, 1475 m elevation. lithologic unit(s): Earn Group; Gunsteel Formation, stratigraphic description: 2 0 cm boundinaged limestone bed within siliceous silver grey weathering silty laminated argillite. lithology: carbonate, sample weight: 3.815 kg. colour alteration index: 5 epoch: Late Devonian; age: Famennian; conodont zone: at Lower marginifera - Upper marginifera boundary. remarks: 1/2 of sample remains.